Chap. I. Of the Distinction of Creatures, and their respondency to the World.
THE euerlasting God, as infinite in wisdome, as incomprehensible in power, the only builder and maker of this wonderfull and glorious frame of the World, hath likewise (by his most diuine knowledge) created, and suffered man to perceiue thrée orders of creatures, all differing in themselues; which are corporall, as the Clements; spirituall, as Angels; and compound, as Man: And these corporall bodies are subdiuided into bright and shining bodies, as Planets and Starres, or into opacious and grosse bodies, as the earth and mettals, or into diaphane and transparent bodies, as aire and water; Or these kind of bodies some haue being onely, as Stones; some, life and being, as Trées; some, sense, life and being, as Beasts; and others, vnderstanding, sense, life, and being, as Man, which is most noble of all other; and therefore the Philosophers haue called him Microcosmus, a little World, which doth respond vnto the greater: for as the [Page 28]motion of the whole glove is caused by the voluntary motion of an intellectuall substance (which some call Daemones, or Intelligentiae) so man is moued by his intellectiue soule, because as Aristotle hath proued: Euery thing that is moued, is moued by the vertue of another. And as this most wonderfull frame or Machina doth containe all things in it selfe, because Extra coelum nihil est: so man by knowledge is all, and at all nothing natural is hid from him, being not without motions & affectations equall to that glorious & heauenly Hierarchie. And to end this respondency betwixt Microcosmus and Cosmus, betwixt Man and the World, in man are two motions, intellectuall & sensuall, the one to good, the other to bad, so in the world are two locall motions, rationall and irrationall, the one into the West, the other into ye East: for as the irrationall motion is contrary to the rationall; so is the intellectuall to the sensuall. Man thus resembling the heauens, became a Christian, taking the denomination thereof from Christ; Iesus being the proper name, and Christ the surname; Iesus being the name of his God-head and diuinity, and Christ the name of his office and dignity: Iesus in Gréeke being called Sother, in Latine Saluator; in English both signifying a Sauiour; and in conclusion, note from S. Bernard 4 creations of man: The first without man & woman, as Adam out of the earth: The second of man without woman, as Euah, of Adams rib: the third of man & woman, as we are: & the 4 of a virgin, without man, as Christ of Mary.
CHAP. II. The definition of the World.
THe world is Heauen and Earth, & all things therein contained as well simple as mixt, and (as Moses testifies) was made by God. The Latines call it Mundus à mouendo, because it is in continuall motion; it is called of the Gréekes Cosmus, à pulchritudo, because it is most faire and beautifull, as well by reason of the Elements, and such transparent bodies, as by reason of the resplendency of the Sunne, Moone, and Starres: for indeede what is more admirable to behold: which caused Plato to say, eyes were giuen to man to view the glory of heauen, as may also appeare by Ouid.
For what is a more sure testimony of the wonderfull workes of God, or what greater delight is there (to them that truly vnderstand it) then the beholding of the glory of the Sunne, Moone, and Starres, in obseruing their motions vpon their Excentrickes, and Concentricks, in noting the diuersity of aspect and radiations, with their retrogradations and directions, their magnitudes and distances, and such like. As for the name of heauen, it is called with the Latines Coelum, quià coelatum est, pictatum & ornatum.
CHAP. III. Of the diuision of the World.
THe world is diuided into two parts or regions, Elementary and Aethereall: The Elementary part is subiect vnto daily alteration, and doth containe the Fire, Aire, Water, and Earth. The Aethereall region doth containe in his concauity, the Elementary region, and this Aethereall region is called of some, Quinta essentia, the quint-essence, or fist substance, which is a body of it selfe, differing from all Elements, and things Elementall, as well in matter as in forme, and no lesse in nature and quality, containing no contrariety, and being without corruption; such is heauen, and the matter thereof, but the Elements are farre of otherwise, not simple, but compounded of viscotions matter: for a pure Element cannot be seene, because that which is pure wanteth colour, and that which wanteth colour is not visible, and therefore the Elements intermingle themselues according to their propinquity, so that an Element is that whereof any thing is compounded: they are the first of compositions, yet of themselues not compounded: for they bee imagined simple bodies in respect of other bodies, compound and mixt of these Elements; euery part taketh name of the whole, as euery part of water, is water; and euery part of fire, is fire: They be diuisible into parts of diuers formes, and of the commixion of them is made and ingendred [Page 31]diuers things of sundry kinds, as well things vegitatiue, as sensitiue, rationall or irrationall, and euery of these Elements hath & nourisheth therein liuing creatures, as the Salamander in our fire, which is but an imperfect element, because it is mixt with viscotious and earthy matter: the Camelion in the aire, which there also liueth, and Birds which there abide: the fish in the water, Moles and wormes in the earth, and man and beast vpon the earth: and you must know, that euery body compounded of the foure Elements, is elementary, not that they be Elements formerly, but vertually in mixt bodies.
CHAP. IIII. Of the Elementall part of the World.
IN the Elementall part of the world is contained the earth, the water, aire, and fire, the superficiall conuexity of euery one of these resting in the superficiall concauity of the next superiour Element; and therefore the earth hangeth in the concauity of the water; the water, in the concauity of the aire, and the aire in the concauity of the fire:euen as you sée the scales of onions one inclosed in another. Now for the earth, it is a round body like vnto a ball, darke and solid without any concauity, hanging by the prouidence of God, fixed in the middest of the world, insomuch that if you were in any other part of the earth, you should be no neerer vnto ye heauens then you are in England; which moued ye Philosophers [Page 32]to say: Stellae aequae distare à centro terrae, siue in Oriente, siue in Occidente, &c. And the Earth (as you shall perceiue hereafter) is but a point in respect of the Heauens, and is by nature cold & dry. Next aboue the earth is the water, the earth hanging in the concauity thereof, they both indéed making but one round globe, as may appeare by the eclypse of the Moone, the seas being bounded and limited by the earth, as may appeare by Psal. 107, and Iob. 38. the water is of nature cold and moist, in compassing the superficiall conuexity whereof is the aire, and is diuided into thrée regions, the inferiour, superiour, and meane; the inferiour is warme by reason of the reflection of the Sunne beames reuerberated and beateu backe by the earth: the superiour is hote by occasion of the proximity of the fire, and there Comets and fiery Meteors are ingendred; the meane is coldest, as well by the remotenesse of the fiery region, as also for that the reflection and reuerberation of the sunne beames cannot extend so farre, and here all watery meteors are created, as snow and such like: but the Element of aire of it selfe is warme and moist, hanging in the concauity of the fire, which is hote and dry, so that each Element hath qualities of the other by participation as the aire doth participate with the fire in warmnesse, with the water in moistnesse, the earth with the water in coldnesse, and with the fire in drinesse, so that two elements be extreamely contrary, as the fire, warme and dry, is contrary to the water, cold and moist; and the aire warme [Page 33]and most is contrary to the earth cold and dry, so that there is in euery Element but one predominating quality, called the qualitie passiue, because they be contrary amongst themselues and cannot consist in euery Element, as the fire exceedeth in heate, the aire in moistnesse, coldnesse in the water, and drynesse in the earth; and what other qualities they haue, commeth by participation: of the material vertue, and natural commixtion of which Element, all bodies perfect and vnperfect (which are bodies mixt) are ingendred: For you must know, that there is nothing in the world, but is compounded hereof as stones take most of the nature of the earth, mettals of the slimy nature of the water, plants, hearbs, and all liuing things take most of the aire, and yet all these haue part of the fire, and therefore some stones, as lime-stones and thunder-bolts, take most of the fire, other stones more of the water then earth, as Christall, Birrell, & Pearles, and other participate more of the aire then earth, as such that will not sinke, & so amongst mettals, some participate more of one element then of another: as lead and siluer of the earth; quicke-siluer of ye water; copper of the aire; and iron & gold of ye fire: so may it be said of hearbs and plants, the roots by their thicknesse participating most of the earth; the leaues by their moistnesse, of water; the blossomes for their lightnesse, of the aire; and the seede by reason of the generatiue spirit, of the fire: so do all beasts participate more of one Element then another, as is said before: albeit some parts of them participate of the [Page 34]other Elements, as bones of the earth, flesh of the aire, the spirit vitall of the fire, and the humour of the water. Likewise the senses of man bee attributed vnto the foure Elements, as the vnderstanding to the fire, the reason to the aire, the imagination to the water, & feeling to the earth. The like is of the outward senses, the sight is appropriated to the fire, for light is not without fire; the hearing to the aire, as caused by the reuerberation thereof; the smell to the water: for no smell is without moisture; and the touching to the earth. So be the acts of the body, and passions of the mind attributed to the elements; as mouing slowly, to the earth: feare and sorrow, to the water: ioy, grace and maintenance, to the aire: anger, fury and vnrest, to the fire, Let this suffice, lest I be tedious.
CHAP. V. Of the Aethereall or Coelestiall part of the World.
THe celestiall part of the world, called of some the Aethereal Region, or Quinta essentia, encompasseth and containeth in the concauity thereof, all the Elementall Region. And this celestiall part hath in it ye seuen Planets, & their spheares, the starry Firmament, the Christalline Heauen, the First Mouer, and the Emperiall Heauen, as shall follow.
Of the first Heauen.
The Philosophers had no knowledge of this [Page 35]Emperiall Heauen: onely the Scriptures teach vs to beleiue the saine; and is called the Emperiall Heauen, by reason of the clearenesse and resplendency: It is immoueable, made by God, the first day he began his creation of the world, and by him immediatly replenished with his ministers, the holy Angels: It is the foundation of ye world. most fine and pure in substance, most round in shape, most great in quantity, most cleare in quality, & most high in place, where (as it is thought) remaineth the humanity of Jesus Christ, and hath therein thrée Hierarchias, holy orders, or principalities, called: Epiphonia, Epiphonomia, and Euphumia; and these are called of some, Supercoelestiall, Coelestiall, and Subcoelestiall. Now the first hath in it thrée orders, as Seraphins, Cherubins, and Thrones: The first excelling in zealous loue, the second in knowledge, and the third in iustice. Epiphonomia hath likewise thrée orders, as Principalities, teaching inferiours duty to their superiours: Powers, chasing away euill spirits, comforting such as fight in ghostly battell; and Dominations, teaching men how to behaue themselues in spirituall conflicts. Lastly, Euphumia or Subcoelestiall hath also vnder it thrée lower orders, as Vertues for comforters, Archangels, shewing miracles, and Angels working miracles: to conclude, here is the aboundance of all goodnesse, and perfect felicity with the priuation of euill.
CHAP. VI. Of the first Moueable.
VNder the Emperiall Heauen, is situate the First Moueable, called Primum Mobile, containing all other inferiour Spheares, and by his naturall motion moueth from East to West, and to the East againe in foure and twenty houres, and by violence of this motion carrieth with him all the inferiour Spheares, contrary to their proper motion, which is to the East; and many Philosophers thinke, that if this motion were not flackened by the contrary course of the inferiour Spheares, that the frame of Heauen and Earth would be torne in péeces, and nothing prosper or remaine, by reason of the violence thereof: This Heauen is puce and cleare without starres.
CHAP. VII. Of the Christalline Heauen.
THe Christalline Heauen is also a cleare substance, void of Starres, not subiect to the sight, perlucid, transparent, and most slow in motion, mouing (according to the succession of the signes) one degree in 100 yeares, and accomplishing a full reuolution in 36000 yeares, but according to Alfonsus, in 49000 yeares. The reason why this heauē doth require so long a time, is because of the neernesse thereof to the first Moueable, which turneth this heauen & the rest about [Page 37]with him by a contrary motion, as is said, and therefore the nearer any Spheare is to the first Mouer, the longer is he in accomplishing his revolution: This reuolution of some is called Mag [...]nus annus Platonis, because when it was compleat he thought all things should returne to the estate they were at first. This Heauen is called of some the watery Heauen, by the authority of Scriptures, Gen. chap. 1. and in the Psalmes: All the waters aboue the firmament, &c.
CHAP. VIII. Of the Starry Heauen.
THis Firmament is a most glorious heauen adorned & beautified with all the fixed starres, whose naturall motion is vpon two little circles, the one about the head of Aries, the other of Libra, whose diameters is 4 deg. 18 min. and 43 sec. and is called the motion of Trepidation; but indeed ye motion of this heauen is thrée-fold: for first it turneth about from East to West in foure and twenty houres, according to the diurnall motion: Next it moueth from West to East according to the 9 Heauen, and is called the motion of the Auges of the fixed starres; which Auges are points limiting the greatest distance of any Spheare from the center of the world. The last is made by vertue of his owne proper motion, as sometimes towards the South, and other times into the North, which is called Motus trepidationis, as is said: this Spheare maketh his whole reuolution [Page 38]in 7000 yeares, and this motion somes time is called Motus, accessus, & recessus, onely proper to the 8 Spheare, & in this spheare or heauen is the Zodiacke, and all the rest of the circles in the materiall spheare imagined to bee: And this 8 spheare, according to Albateginus is distant from the earth 19000 semidiameters.
CHAP. IX. The course, colour, placing, magnitude, and distance of the seuen Planets, with the thicknesse of their Spheares.
VNder and within the concauity of the starry Heauen is placed the Orbe and Spheare of Saturne, & so the rest successiuely, which are known by their colour and magnitude: and if any one require to know why these spheares (being so many) are not subiect to sight, but seeme as one intire body: the reason is, for that they be Bodies perspicuous, cleare and transparent. But to proceed.
Saturne mouing vnder the 8 spheare, is of a pale leaden colour, requiring 30 yeares to passe through the Zodiacke, and is bigger then the earth 95 times, Albateginus saith but 79. Alfraganus saith 91. their diameters being as 9 to 2; & is distant frō the earth 15800 semidiameters, but as Tycho Brache saith, 10550 semidiameters, and as the vulgar say, 237978 miles and a halfe, Saturne being from the firmament 120485 miles, so that the heauen of Saturne must containe in thicknesse 196044546/11 miles, otherwise it could [Page 39]not containe his starre.
Iupiter is next vnder Saturne, faire and bright, ending his reuolution in 12. yeares: according to Albateginus he appeareth as the 12. part of the Sunne, and therefore is bigger then the earth 81 times, Alfrag. saith 95. others 91. their diameters being as 32. to 7. he is distant from the earth 10423. semidiameters, but wc the vulgar 159357½ miles, whose heauen containes in thickenesse 18996546/11 miles, and is below Saturne 78721. miles.
Mars, within the concauity of the spheare of Iupiter, appeares of a fiery colour, running his course in 2. yeares, appearing as the 20, part of the Sunne, and therefore doth containe the whole magnitude of the earth once, and as Albateg. saith, a third part more: some say once and ten sixtéenes, others would haue it twice, which is false: so that their diameters are as 7. to 6. Alfraganus puts Mars and the earth in a Sesquialter proportion, with an 8. part ouer, which is once and a halfe, and one 8. part. Mars is distant from the earth 4584. ferè semidiameters: but as the vulgar haue said 80536½ miles, and his spheare is in thicknesse 26308800. miles, and is vnder Iupiter 78721. miles.
The Sunne is placed in ye middle of the planets, most cleare & bright, the well-spring of pure light oculus mundi, anima & cor coeli, finishing his reuolution euery yeare, delighting (as a Giant) to run his course. And according to Ptolomeus Albateginus, and Alfraganus, he is 166¾ times bigger [Page 40]then the earth, so that their diameters beaye proportion, as 11 to 2. But Copernicus will haue the Sunne to be but 162 ferè more then the earth: so that their diameters areas 5 P. 27. M. to one. According to the first account, the Sunne is distant hence, 1150 Semidiameters; but with the later, 1142 semidiameters; and as the vulgar say, it is from the earth to Sol 64811½ miles, his Heauen containing in thicknesse, 343996 4/11 miles: hee being below Mars, 15725 miles.
Venus, vnder the spheare of the Sunne, doth appeare very cleare and shining; not thrée yeares past, being the Euening starre, she was taken of many at first for a Comet: for indeed shee is brighter then Iupiter; ending her reuolution as the Sunne, from whom shee cannot depart more then 48 degrees: so that going before the sunne, she is called the Morning Starre, and following the sunne, the Euening Starre: she appeareth as the 10 part of Sols diameter, and therefore is lesser then the earth 36 times, their diameters being as 10 to 3. Alfraganus would haue the earth 28 times more then Venus, others 39, others 37. Tycho saith, 6⅙ times: she is from the earth 618 semidiameters, and as the vulgar say, 41374 miles, lying below the Sunne, 23437½ miles, her Heauen being in thicknesse, 32744946/11 miles.
Mercury, wandring vnder the spheare of Venus, appeareth somewhat shining, but not very bright, being neuer more then 29 degrees [Page 41]elongated frrom the Sunne, and therefore seldome seene; his diameter sheweth as the 15 part of the Sunnes diameter, whereby wee may gather, that he is lesse then the earth 19000 times: Alfraganus would haue him 22000 at least: others 32000, others 3143 times lesse. But Tycho will haue it but 19 times, and his diameter to be to the diameter of the earth, as 3 to 8. With the vulgar he is distant from the earth 28562 miles, and is below Venus 1282 miles: his Heauen containing in thicknesse, 253372⅔ miles.
The lowest of all the Planets is the Moone, whose body is encompassed within the spheare of of Mercurie, running ouer the whole Zodiacque in 27 daies, 7 houres, 43 minutes, and neere 6 seconds; she is lesser then the earth 39. times so that the body of the Sunne containes the body of the Moone, 6540 ferè. Herewith agréeth Prolemaeus, Albategnius, and Alfraganus: But Copernicus will haue the Moone 4.3 times lesse: so that (where with the former) their diameters bée as 17 to 5, with Copernicus it is as 7 to 2, and therefore the body of the sunne must exceed the body of the Moone 7000; of the vulgar she is said 15750 miles distant from the earth, with Tycho 60 semidiameters, whose heauen containeth 105222 2/33 miles, and is below Mercury 12812 miles.
As touching these distances of the planets, you must know that it is meant when they be in their meane motion, neither in their Apogaeon, or Perigaeon: [Page 42]for then they be much further off, or farre neerer vnto vs.
CHAP. X Of the magnitude of the Sunne and Moone, and the rest of the Planets, with their diameters, and distances from the Earth, in miles, according to Tycho Brahe: and of the magnitude of the fixed Starres, and other secrets concerning them.
TYcho Brahe, a Dane (as by his workes, and commendations of our soueraigne Lord king Iames may appeare) a diligent obseruer of the celestiall bodies, doth much differ in their diameters, the magnitude of their bodies, and their distance from the earth, from all other ancient writers, as it shall appeare by his demonstration of the sunnes magnitude.
He first obserued by a hollow instrument of 32 foote long, that the greatest apparent diameter of the sunne, being in his Apogaeon, was 30 minutes, in his Perigaeon 32 minutes, and in his meane motion about the Equinoctiall, or a little after, 31 minutes, reiecting vtterly the opinion of Ptolemaeus and Copernicus, that affirme the apparent diameter of the sunne in his Apogaeon, to be 31 minuts, 40 seconds, in Perigaeon néere 34, and in his meane motion 32¾ minutes: Likewise for the distance of the sunne from the earth in his meane motion, he reiects Ptolemaeus 1165 [Page 43]semidiameters, as too much, and Copernicus 1142 as too little, and iumps at the meane betwixt both, & so pronoū ceth ye sun in his meane motiō 1150 semidiameters frō ye earth, drawing thereby more neare to a Germane, one Io. Franc. Offus. ye would haue the sunne 576 whole diameters from the earth, which is 1152 semidiameters, hauing thus presupposed his apparēt diameter in his meane motion 31 minuts, & accordingly his distance from the earth 1150 semidiameters: thus hée demonstrates his Corpulencie.
DEC is the body of ye Sun, whose diameter DC maketh the angle DAC 31 M, at A the earth. Now ye distance of the sunne from the earth, is AB 1150 semidiameters: therefore in ye right lined triangle
[Page 44]there is giuen two knowne sides containing a knowne angle: (for D A and C A differ not sensibly from A B) so that the third side is P. 1122½ ferè, and so many semidiameters of the earth doth the diameter of the sunne containe: therefore his diameter is greater then the earths 5 1/7 4/5 times, by which according to Cubicall numbers, ye body of the Sunne doth excéed the body of the Earth but 139. times, and no more will Tycho allow.
Now the Apparent diameter of the Moone in her meane motion, is 33. minuts, her distance 60 semidiameters: the diameter of the earth containing her diameter 3 2/4 2/9 times, so yt their proportions are as 2 to 7. And thus briefly of these two Planets, whereby it may appeare, that according to Tycho the diameter of the Sunne containes the Moones diameter 18 times, whereby the body of the Moone is lesse then the Sunne, aboue 5848 times: so that the Sunne, neither according to Prolemaeus, doth excéed the Moone more then 6000, nor yet according to Copernicus 7000 times: and in cōclusion, ye Sun in his meane motion is distant from the earth 1150 semidiameters (as is said) in his Apogaeon in Iune, 1190. and in his Perigaeon but 1110 times, as in December.
Now for the rest of the Planets according to Tycho take them thus briefly, lest I bee tedious.
Saturne in his meane motion is from the earth semid. 10550. his apparent diameter is M. 1. S. 5. containing the earths diameter 2 9/ [...] [...]/ [...] times, bearing [Page 45]proportion as 31 to 11, excéeding the earth 22 times:
Iupiter is from ye earth 3990. semidiameters, his apparent diameter is M. 2¾, and in proportion to the earths diameter, as 12 to 5, excéeding the earth but 14 times.
Mars is distant from the earth 1745 semidiameters, his apparent diameter not all M. 2 wanting about one third part, therefore saith Tycho: Per cubicam numerationem terra aliquanto plùs quā tredeciès Marte maior, that is lesse then the earth 13 times.
The apparent diameter of Venus is 3⅓ M. her diameter being to the diameter of the earth, as 6 to 11: so that the body of Venus is lesse then the earth 6 times, and ¾, and distant as the Sun.
Mercury his apparent diameter is 2⅙ M. which the auncient counted insensible, but Tycho saith, he being remoued something from the Sun appeareth as a Scarre of the first magnitude: his diameter being to the earths diameter, as 6 to 11, the corpulency of the earth excéeding him but 6¾ times and is distant as the Sunne.
By that which is said we may conclude for the common capacity, that the Planets be distant in miles according to T. Brahe from the center of the earth, as followeth.
Saturne is from the earth | 9073000 miles. |
Iupiter, | 3431400 miles. |
Mars | 1500700 miles. |
The Sunne | 989000 miles. |
Venus and Mercury in their meane motion be as the Sunne, to which Copernicus also assenteth. | |
The Moone. | 48760 miles. |
Of the fixed Starres.
The number of the fixed Starres, that the Astronomers take notice of, is 1025. But the Portugals haue brought home newes (by their voyages to India) of certaine other constellations and Cloudes néere to the South pole; but those discoueries as yet be not held probable, chiefly for that Ptolemaeus, in respect of the place where hee dwelt, with a little more trauell, might haue found them out, but did not. The starres in number bee not infinite, as some'thinke, as may appeare, Psal. 147. He counteth the number of the Starres, &c. And in Nahum, Chap. 3. ver. 16. Thou hast multiplied thy Merchants aboue the starres of heauen.
Why the Starres seeme fewest in Sommer, and most in Winter.
The reason is, because the predominating cold of the Winter is driuen in Sommer into the middest region of the aire; where (by reason of the Antiperistasis, or circumstance of heate aboue and beneath) the aire is so ingrosed and thickned that our sight cannot pierce through the same, whereby the lesser starres appeare not to ye sight, [Page 47]whereas in winter the cold breaking forth, and dispersing it selfe, becommeth more thin, and the aire more pure, whereby wée may see vnto the starres, as through a transparent glasse, or the light of the Sunne, which obscureth the brightnesse of the Starres, neuer departeth farre from vs in Sommer, leauing a mixture of his light aboue the Horizon, whereas in winter he is much depressed, for the darker the night, the brighter the starres, and the more appeare, so the aire bée cleare. And this is another cause.
Of the magnitude of the Starres compared to the Earth.
Amongst the number of the fixed starres, there be six magnitudes, and the least is bigger then the earth, as followeth.
Starres of the first magnitude are to the globe of the earth, as 6859 to 64, their diameters béeing as 19 to 4, and therefore containe the globe of the earth 107 times, and ⅙ thereof, as the Heart of the Lyon, Orion, the Goat, &c.
Starres of the second magnitude, bee to the globe of the earth, as 19465109 to 216000, their diameters being as 269 to 60, and therefore excéedeth the earth 90⅛ times, as the right side of Perseus, the right thigh of Pegasus, &c.
Starres of the third magnitude be to the globe of the earth, as 15625 is vnto 216, their diameters being as 25 to 6, excéeding the earth 72 [...]/ [...] times, as the Girdle of Andromeda, &c.
Starres of the fourth magnitude, bee to the [Page 48]globe of the earth, as 6859 is to 125. their diamemeters being as 19 to 5, containing the earth 54 times, as the North Asellus, the former and later of the Kids, &c.
Starres of the fifth magnitude be to the globe of the earth as 1685159 is to 46656. their diameters being as 119 to 36, containing the earth 36⅛ times, as the third of the fourth in the left wing of Virgo, the right knée of Leo, &c.
Starres of the sixth magnitude be to the globe of the earth, as 9261 is vnto 512, their diameters being as 31 to 8, and therefore containe the globe of the earth 18 [...]/19 times.
Of Constellations.
A Constellation, called otherwise an Asterisme, is a represēting of a lining creature, or some other thing (after a certaine sort) as well for that the number of starres in that place represent ye forme of such a creature, or such a figure, as also for that these figures expresse some property of ye starres that are in them.
Of these Constellations, the number that bée in all the heauens, bée 48, whereof 21 bee in the North, in the South 15, and in the Zodiacke of the eighth spheare be 12, as Aries, Taurus, &c. But besides these constellations, there be some other more lately deuised, as Antinous and Berenices haire. Also the constéllations recounted by the Portugals, as the Crosse, the Doue, the Triangle, and the little Clouds about the South pole.
Of the twinkling of Starres.
The starres do not twinckle, as we thinke they [Page 49]do, onely our eyes bee deceiued by the motion of the aire: for as the aire hath one motion proper, that is vpwards, so hath it another motion improper, caused by the reuolution of the heauens euery 24 houres, which draw all the aiery region about therewith, by which meanes, the apparent forme of the starres is distracted, seeming to cast forth sparkles, called twinckling, which wée may well proue by a péece of siluer in the bottome of a swift running riuer, or by looking vpon the stars, which by reflection be seene in the same.
But the Planets doe not twinckle, because they bée farre more néere vnto vs, whereby their beames be stronger, and lesse distorted, piercing strongly through the aire, so that they shine cleare without any twinckling: for the nearer any light is vnto vs, the stronger is the beame of the light that procéedeth from the same.
What the starres be made of.
The Starres be of the same matter as the Heauen is, wherin they be fixed, they be defined, Densior pars sui orbis, so that they bee of the same matter, though farre more thicke, apt to receiue and retaine the light of the Sunne, whereby they become subiect to the sight: for let the light of a candle pierce through any hole vpon the roofe of some darke house, and the light of the same will appeare, and make that part shining and subiect to sight, whereas the contrary would happen in a light and perspicuous place: for the heauen it selfe is most pure and thinne, and not visible, & therefore some thinke the milke-white circle in heauen [Page 50]called of Astronomers, Galaxia, is more visible then the rest of the heauen, Arist. saith, but vntruly, that it is a Meteor; Others say, it is made by reason of the number of starres in that place, which confusedly mingle their light together, as Democritus: therefore vnderstand a starre to be of the same matter as his heauen is, being onely the thickest part of his orbe, which reflecting, not transmitting the beames of the Sun, cause him to be more shining and subiect to sight.
CHAP. XI. Of the 6 great Circles in Heauen, and the twelue Signes.
MAN, with the pencell of imagination, hath traced out in the 8 spheare, 6 great circles, and also 4 lesser: the great circles are, first the Horizon, which some call the Finitor, and is a great circle diuiding the visible part of the heauen from the inuisible: that is, the vpper hemispheare from the lower.
2 The Meridian is a circle passing by the poles of the world, and the Verticall point, to which circle when the Sunne commeth, aboue the earth it is noone, and vnder the earth, night,
3 The Equinoctiall is a great circle diuiding the spheare into two parts, and when the Sunne is therein (which happeneth twise euery yeare) the daies and nights are equal through the world, vnlesse with such that inhabite iust vnder the Poles.
4 The Zodiaque is a great oblique circle, 12 degrées broad, diuiding the spheare into two equal parts, and crossing the Equinoctiall in Aries and Libra, so that the part vpon the North side the Equinoctiall is called the North part, and ye other betwéene the Equinoctiall and the South pole, ye South moity of the Zodiaque: In the middest of this broad circle is a line called the Eclipticke, or via Solis, for that the Sunne and Moone bée neuer eclipsed, but in that circle: so that there bée 6 degrées vpon the North side the line, and other 6 vpon the South side the Eclipticke, which is called North and South Declination, further then which ye Sun departs not North or South, being bounded with the Tropiques. This circle is called Zodiacus à [...], which is vita, because according to the motion of the Planets vnder the same, life is giuen vnto all inferiour creatures, or it is called [...] Zodion, which is Animal, because it is diuided into 12 equall parts, euery part being called a signe, and haue the name of some one liuing creature or other, agréeing to the nature of those parts, or by reason of the disposition of the fixed starres, agréeing to the nature of those beasts: with the Latines it is called Signifer, quia sert signa, or because it is diuided into them. Arist. in Lib. 2. de Generatione & Corruptione, calleth it Circulus obliquus, where hée saith, that according to the accesse and recesse of the Sunne in this oblique circle, all generation and corruption is made in these inferiors: the which signes with their characters follow.
- 1 Aries ♈.
- 2 Taurus ♉.
- 3 Gemini II.
- 4 Cancer ♋.
- 5 Leo ♌.
- 6 Virgo ♍.
- 7 Libra ♎.
- 8 Scorpio ♏
- 9 Sagitarius ♐.
- 10 Capricornus ♑.
- 11 Aquarius ♒.
- 12 Pisces ♓.
Of which 12 signs the first 6 be called Northerne, the other Southerne, the Astronomers doe also diuide some into Ascendents, as from Capricorne to the end of Gemini, Others into Descendents; as from the beginning of Cancer, to the end of Sagitarius: some againe be Vernal, as Aries, Taurus, and Gemini: some Estiuall, as Cancer, Leo, Virgo: some Autumnall, as Libra, Scorpio, Sagitarius: and some Hiemall, or Brumall, as Capricorne, Aquarius, and Pisces, which signifie the 4 quarters of the yeare: the first compared to sanguine, and attributed to child-hood; the second choler, attributed to youth; the third melancholy, attributed to elder age; and the last flegme, attributed unto old age. Also some are of the fiery Triplicity, as Aries, Leo, Sagitarius; some of the earthly Triplicity, as Taurus, Virgo, Capricorne; some of ye aiery triplicity, as Gemini, Libra, Aquarius; and some of the watry Triplicity, as Cancer, Scorpio, and Pisces. Some againe are moueable, others fixed, others common: Some likewise bée Orientall, some Meridionall, some Occidentall, & some Septentrionall, some diurnall, some Nocturnall, some Masculine, & others seminine, as shal appeare in their proper natures.
5 & 6. The Colures are two great circles moueable and passing by ye poles of the world, whose office is to distinguish the Solstitials and Equinoctials, [Page 53]they bee called Colures à [...] with the Greekes, which is Membrum, and [...], which is Bos syluester, because the taile of a wilde beast being erected (which is a member) doth make a semicircle yet vnperfect: or as Schola interprets it, A [...] with the Greekes, or [...], the first, sillable beeing short, à [...], which is Mutilum, mancum, vnperfect, or maimed, and [...], which is Cauda the taile, because they appeare vnperfect, or maimed, being neuer séene all at once to vs, but as it were the taile or some part cut off: these two circles, the one passe by the beginning of Cancer and Capricorne, appointing the Sommer and Winter Solstitials: the other by the beginning of Aries and Libra, coequating ye dayes and nights, and crosse one the other with tight sphericall angles vpon the poles of the world, and these 4 times are expressed in these 2 verses.
CHAP. XII. Of the foure lesser Circles in Heauen.
THese circles bee called lesser circles, because they diuide not the spheare into two equall parts, as the great circles doe, and they bée foure in number, called the two Polar circles, and the two Tropickes, of which Polar circles, the one is called ye Arctique, the other the Antarctique, both being made by the conuersion of the Poles of the Ecliptique, so that they be alwaies distant as far [Page 54]from the poles of the world, as the Sunnes greatest declination from the Equinoctiall commeth to, which is 23 degrées 28 minutes: the Arctique taketh his name of Arctos, which is the Beare, whose one fore-foote doth also describe this circle. This circle is also called Septentrional, of Septentrio, which signifies 7 Oxen, represented by the 7 starres in the lesser Beare. The Tropickes take their names from the Greekes also, à [...], which is conuersio, or [...], which with Cicero lib. 2. de natura Deor. is Reuersio, so that taking the Tropique from Tropos, it is a conuersion or reuersion of the Sunne, because being in either of these circles, hée alwaies turneth againe towards the Equinoctiall.
CHAP. XIII. Of Time.
TIme is the measurer of motion, and (as Armandus saith) of Rest and Quietnesse, containing thrée parts; Past, Present, and to Come: Time present, called (Nunc) being a moment indiuisible, or the least part of Time, and yet the beginner and ender of time: euen as a point is the least part of a line, and yet beginneth and endeth the same; for Nunc (now, this instant) doth knit Tempus praeteritum, & futurum, ending time past, and beginning time to come. There is also a space or time, called Seculum. An age in English, being an hundred yeares: at the end of which time, in Rome they were vsed to celebrate Plaies, called Ludi seculares. There is another [Page 55]space of time, containing a thousand yeares, called Aeuum, being ten Ages; But Iohannes de sacro Bosco, diuides the lesser parts of time into fiue parts, as Quadrans, the fourth part of the day, or six houres, an houre being the 24 part of a natural day; 2 Punctus in the Sunnes account the 4 part of an houre, in the Moones the 5 part; 3 Momentum, the 10 part of Punctus; 4 Vncia the 12 part of Momentum, and the last is Atomos, the 44 part of Vncia.
CHAP. XIIII. Of the day both Naturall and Artificiall, and their diuers beginnings.
THe day is of two sorts, Naturall and Artificiall, the Naturall day is the space of 24 houres, in which time the Sunne is caried by the first Mouer, from the East into the West, and so round about the world into the East againe.
The Artificiall day continues from Sunne rising to Sunne setting, and the Artificiall night is from the sunnes setting to his rising. And you must note that this naturall day, according to diuers, hath diuers beginnings, as the Romanes count it from mid-night to mid-night, because at that time our Lord was borne, being Sunday, and so do we account it for fasting dayes. The Arabians begin their day at Noone, and end at Noone ye next day: for because they say the Sunne was made in the Meridian, and so doe all Astronomers account the day, because it alwaies falleth at [Page 56]one certaine time. The Vmbrians, the Tuscan [...], the Iewes, the Athenians, Italians, and Egyptians, do begin their day at sunne set, and so do we celebrate festiuall daies. The Babylonians, Persians, and Bohemians, begin their day at sunne rising, holding till sunne setting, and so do our Lawyers count it in England.
The Phisitians diuide the day into 4 quarters, the first is from the 9 houre of the night to the 3 houre of the day, warme and moist, mouing to sanguine. The second is from the 3 houre of the Artificiall day, to the 9 houre, warme and dry, increasing choler. The third is from the 9 houre to the 3. houre of the night, cold and dry, begetting melancholy. The fourth is from the 3 houre of the night, to the 9 againe, cold and moist, causing phlegme.
Ioannes de sacro Bosco diuides the Artificiall day thus into 4 quarters, calling the first Rubens, the second Splendens, the third vrens, & the fourth Tepens, whereupon the sunne is fained to haue 4 horses, Eous, Lampas, Pyrois, & Phlegon.
The Iewes began at sun rising, and so diuided the Artificial day into 4 quarters, alotting to euery quarter 3 houres, wherby also they diuided the day Artificiall into 12 equall parts, calling euery part an houre, and beginning at sunne rising: so that 12 a clocke, or high noone, was their 6 houre, and sunne set their 12 houre: so that where the Scriptures say: The Ague left him the seuenth houre, that is, at one a clocke; so the labourers ye came into the Vineyard at the 11 houre, came at [Page 57]fiue of the clock: but by this 5 a clock is meant the houre of the Artificiall day, and not the Naturall day, the which is knowne according to the time of the yeare: for the Artificiall day is done some time of the yeare before 5, as in the 25 Chapter.
CHAP. XV. Of the names of the Dayes, and their Etymologie.
THe Iewes call their first day Sabbatum, the next, Prima Sabbati, the next, secunda Sabbati, &c. according as is written: Manè prima Sabbati surgens Dei filius: that is, the first day after the Sabboth, which is our Sunday, vpon which day the Romanes (calling the Planets Gods) began their account, calling ye first the day of the Sun, the next of ye Moone, the next of Mars, the next of Mercury, the fifth of Iupiter, the sixth of Venus, and the last of Saturne, still skipping to the third Planet, because the 24 houres in the Artificiall day and night, are giuen to the 7 Planets successiuely: so that if Sol rule the first houre vpon Sunday, (as hee must, because it is his owne day) then Venus hath the next, and so proceed, giuing euery of the 24 houres a Planet in true succession, & you shall finde, that the 24 houre, which beginneth Munday, falleth to ye Moone; therefore if any day be denominated by any one planet, the next day following taketh denomination of the third Planet next following, which order after the Christians obserued. And you shall note, that [Page 58]a day in Latine, called Dies, is so called, à [...], which is Clarus, or à [...], which is Duo, because ye naturall day is diuided into 2 parts, to wit, into Day, & Night: or it may be called Dies, à Dijs: for the Planets be called Dij, (Gods) whereof the dayes take their names.
Nox, the Night, is so called, à Noceo, noces, because it is Tempus nocentibus aptum, a fit time to do hurt and mischiefe.
CHAP. XVI. Of the Weeke.
A Wéeke hath diuers names, in Latine it is called Septimana, à Septem and Mane, as it were, hauing septem Matutina tempora, seauen mornings: And so pars is taken pro toto. It is also called Hebdomada, ab [...], which is septem, as containing seauen daies. It is also called Sabbatum by the Iewes, and therefore it is said in Scripture, Ieiuno bis in Sabbato, &c. wherby Sabbatum is Aequiuocum ad totam septimanam. And you must note, that the Iewes Sabboth day was Saterday, but the Christians obserued Sunday for to begin their wéeke, because on that day our Lord was borne, rose, and sent his holy Ghost vpon his Apostles.
CHAP. XVII. Of a Moneth, Solar, and Vsuall.
OF Moneths there be thrée kinds, Solar, Lunar, and Vsuall. The Solar moneth is the [Page 59]space of time that the Sun runneth through one signe of the Zodiacke, being 30 dayes.
The Vsuall Moneth is the number of dayes according as they bee in our Kalender, and amongst the Latines, Romulus first distinguished the moneths, diuiding ye yeare into 10 moneths, because in that time a woman might bring forth a childe, or because (during that time) it was not fit for a woman to marry after the death of her husband.
The first moneth he called Martius, à Marte, of Mars his Father, or rather of Mars in respect of warre, because as then the Romane Kings were vsed to procéed in expeditions: for it is rather thought that Amulius was Romulus his Father. then Mars, Amulius being his vnckle.
The next moneth he called Aprill, ab Aperiendo, because then the poares of the earth opened. The third is May, à Maioribus: the fourth Iunius, à Iunioribus. The rest of the moneths were called Quintilis, Sextilis, September, October, Nouember, and December, because they were 5 6, &c moneths distant from March. But after, Numa Pompilius added, two more moneths, to make them twelue, calling the one Ianuary, à Ianua, because as you passe per Ianuam in atrium: so per Ianuarium in annum: or of Ianus, the God of Merchandize, who hauing two faces, so Ianuary hath two respects, the one to the yeare past, the other to the yeare to come. The other moneth he called February, à Februo: that is, a Plutone, because then the Romans offered sacrifice to [Page 60] Pluto, and the infernall Gods, for the soules of their ancestors: or it is called February, à Febre, because as then in warme regions, men were accustomed, Febricitare, that is, to be sicke of an Ague: so also may September be said, quasi septimus ab imbre, which is à Tempore pluuioso. And to these moneths he gaue some 30 daies, others 31 daies orderly: so that when he came to Ianuary he wanted a day, which he tooke from February, which he restored againe in the Leape-yeare. Then commeth Iulius Caesar, and altereth the moneth Quintilis to Iuly, calling it after his name: for that hee was borne in that moneth. After whom commeth Augustus, and calleth the moneth Sextilis Augustus, after his owne name; and grudging that his moneth August should haue lesser dayes in it then Caesars moneth, hee taketh another day from February, adding the same to August, and thereby left February but 28 dayes, whereby hee did disorder the daies of the moneth, that before did consist of 30 and 31 daies successiuely, making Iuly, August, and September haue 31 dayes altogether, and February but 28 dayes: wherefore to auoid this inconuenience, he was forced to take a day from September, giuing it to October, & another from Nouember for December. The which ordination of ye moneths, and position of dayes, is vsed to this present time, according to these verses:
Which is,
CHAP. XVIII. Of the Lunar Moneth, and the diuersities thereof.
OF Moneths Ioan. de sacro Bosco noteth 4 kinds, as the moneth of Peragration, of Apparition, Medicinall, and the moneth of Consecution.
The moneth of Peragration is a space of time containing daies 27, houres 7, minutes 43, seconds 7, thirds 15, fourths 36, fifths 55. In which space the Moone runneth through the 12 signes of the Zodiacke, and is called of some a yeare, of which yeares it is not much for one to liue 1000: for 80 Solar yeares make as many within 40. But this moneth is accomplished certaine minuts sooner or later, according to her swift or slow motion.
The second is the Moneth of Aparition consisting of 28 dayes, vulgarly diuided into foure wéekes.
The Moneth Medicinall containeth (according to Galen) 26 daies and a halfe, and is also diuided into 4 wéekes.
The last is the moneth of Consecution, being a space of time that the Moone departing from coniunction with the Sunne, passeth round about the circls of the Zodiacke, returning to ye point where she left the Sunne, finishing her Moneth of Peragration, but finding the Sunne not there, because he is carried by his owne proper motion neere one signe further, shee is forced to spend two daies, 4 houres, 44 I. 3 II. and 16 III. to ouertake the Sunne, before shee can come into coniunction againe: so that this moneth is produced vnto 29 daies and a halfe, &c. and is called the Moneth of Consecution: for that the Moone prosecutes to ouertake the Sunne.
CHAP. XIX. Of the Lunar Yeare, both Common and Extraordinary.
OF Lunar yeares there bee two kindes, the one is called in Latine Annus Communis, the other Embolismalis. The common Lunar yeare is the space of 12 Moones (not Moneths) or changes, which the Latines call Lunations, it is called the common yeare Lunar, in respect of his accord with the Solar yeare: for as the one containes 12 Moones Lunar: so the other consisteth of 12 moneths Solar, the one hauing 365 dayes, the other 354 dayes; (but in both there is omission of fractions) so that the Solar yeare excéeds the common Lunar yeare, 11 dayes, of which the Epact is made.
The yeare called Annus Embolismalis, is a space of 13 Moones, containing 384 dayes, so that this yeare exceedeth the common Lunar yeare 30 daies, & the Solar yeare 19 dayes, it is called Embolismus ab Embolismo, as Bissextilis is à Bis sex, Sacro Bosco castles it Embolismus ab [...], which is quiddam insertum.
CHAP. XX. Of the Solar yeare, and the Etymology thereof.
THe Astronomers make many diuisions of this Solar yeare, which are not much néedfull to be knowne, in respect of this Treatiss. To bee therefore short, the Solar yeare is a space of time that the Sunne by his proper motion departing from some point in the Eclipticke, returneth to the same place againe: and this yeare Solar is either Astronomicall, or Poeticall; the Astronomicall yeare is either Tropicall, or Sidereall; and the Tropicall yeare is either Equall or Vnequall. The Tropicall yeare taketh his beginning from the Vernall Equinox, containing 365 dayes, 5 houres, 49 minuts, 15 seconds, and 46 thirds, but the vnequall or aparent Tropical yeare containes sometime more, as 365 dayes, 5 houres, 56 minuts, 53 seconds, and 1 third; and other times lesse, as 365 dayes, 5 houres, 42 minutes, 38 seconds, and 27 thirds: And this vnequality is made by the vnequall precession of the Equinoctiall points.
The Egyptians wanting the vse of letters, set forth the yeare like an Adder eating her owne taile: so that it may bee said, Annus ab Anguis a Snake; wee may depaint the yeare by a King, in respect they both turne round in themselues: so may it be called Annus from Annulus, a King: for a motion in a King finished, beginneth againe without end, and therefore Virgil ‘At (que) in se sua per vostigia voluitur Annus.’ Some call a yeare, Annus ab innouatione, because the strength and vertue of all vegetable things is renewed, and are passed ouer by the course of time: It is called Annus ab An, which is Circum, and eo in, by reason of the foresaid reuolution of Time.
CHAP. XXI. Of the Iulian yeare, or our vulgar yeare, and of the Leap-yeare, and the cause thereof, with the diuers beginnings of yeares.
IVlius Caesar, anno mundi, 3925.45 yeares before the birth of Christ, and the yeare before his bloudy death noting the falsenesse of the yeare then vsed, by the Councell of Sosigenes, an excellent Mathematitian, made the yeare to consist of 365 dayes and 6 houres, and because it would be very difficult to computate these 6 houres euery yeare: for should you begin this yeare at 12 of the clocke and 6 houres, it must end the next yeare at 12 and 6 houres, and the next yeare following would end at mid-night, &c. So that wee [Page 65]should driue the beginning of the yeare euery 4 yeares a day further, without the getting of a day: so that in 124 yeares, the Annuntiation of Mary would fall to bée where Saint Marke Euangelist is, or a day sooner. To auoyd which inconuenience Caesar concluded, that at euery foure yeares there should be a day gotten by the surplus of the 6 houres in euery yeare: for 4 times 6 make 24 houres, which day he added to February, for that it is the shortest moneth, and according to ye ancient, and also according to our Churches account, the last moneth; and this day they put at the 25 of February, so that the letter F is twise repeated, Saint Mathias day being obserued vpon the later, according to the verse
So that the Iulian yeare is two-fold, as Iulian and Bissextill, it is called Bissextill, of bis and sex, because the 6 Kalends of March is twise repeated: so may it be called Annus intercalaris, because of the day that is put betwéene: so may February in that respect be called Mensis intercalaris, and so may the 25 of February, that yeare, be called Dies intercalaris.
But since the Romanes haue found that this Iulian yeare was too great, and by helpe of Antonius Lilius, they haue abated the quantity of the yeare, making it to consist of 365 daies, 5 houres, 49 minutes, and 12 seconds, whereby their account in the celebration of the festiuall daies, and of the times of the yeare, differeth 11 dayes from [Page 66]ours, as in my Kalender; and yet is neither of these accounts precisely true, by occasion of the vnequall precession of the Equinoctiall points, of which here is no place to speake.
By this that is said, in the Chapters before, you may gather that a wéeke hath seuen dayes, or 168 houres; a moneth 4 wéekes, 30 dayes, or 720 houres (I speake of Solar moneths;) and a yeare 52 wéekes, 12 moneths, 365 dayes, or 8760 houres: But the leape yeare hath 366 daies, or 8784 houres, wanting indéed, according vnto true calculation 47 minutes, and 12 seconds, and so much doth euery foure yeares differ from our Iulian yeare, which is 11 minutes, and 48 seconds euery yeare.
And you must note, that according vnto diuers men, the yeare hath diuers beginnings, which some call Aera; Numa Pompilius did begin the yeare at the Hyemall Solstitiall, because as then the Sunne began to ascend.
Romulus began the yeare at the Equinoctiall of March, because as then all things began to flourish, all trées and plants to bud, &c.
The Arabians begin their yeare at the Estiuall Solstitiall, because they are of opinion yt the Sun was made in Leo. Some let their yeare take beginning at the Autumnall Equinoctiall. The Egyptians count from the death of Nabuchadonozor; the Persians from Iezdegird, the Arabians or Moores, from the preaching of Mahomet, who was after the birth of Christ, 626 yeares. The Astronomers begin their yeare the first of Ianuary, [Page 67]and so do we take it vulgarly in England: But the Church of England, and the date of all writings, and such like, hath their yeare to begin vpon the 25 day of March. The Iewes began their yeare after two sorts, viz, for feasts in March, and for other affaires in September: And so must wee vnderstand Ezechiel, chap. 40. vers. 1. The Spaniards did reckon their yeare for tributes, and all other payments, from the Emperour Octauian, vntill King Iohn altered it to the Natiuity of our Lord; and you shall note that it was 500 yeares after the birth of Christ, that the Christians did begin their yeare at the Annunciation of Mary.
CHAP. XXII. Vulgar errours reformed.
I Tould you before in what time the Sunne did finish his course through the 12 signes of the Zodiaque, and here you must know further, that he hath thrée motions, as slow, being in Apogaeon, or his greatest Eccentricity, and then goeth not aboue 57 minutes, 18 seconds in 24 houres, and sometime but 56 minuts, 43 seconds. Swift, being in Perigaeon, or nearest the earth, and then may goe one degrée, 1 minute, and 43 seconds in 24 houres: and his meane motion, at what times he passeth 59 minuts, and 8 seconds in 24 houres, by occasion whereof diuers things happen contrary, as the vulgar take it, as there be more daies by about 10 from the Equinoctiall of March vnto the Equinoctiall of September, then there is [Page 68]from the Equinoctiall of September to the Equinoctiall of March.
By occasion of this diuersity of the Sunnes motion, the vulgar be also much deceiued, that say that the dayes doe lengthen and shorten one houre euery 15 dayes, which is false, indéed from the 11 of March vnto the 27 of Aprill that proportion is true: but then from the 27 of Aprill it must be to the 17 day of May, which is 20 daies before the day be an houre longer, and then from the 17 of May (at what time the day is 16 houres long in the latitude of 52 degrèes, and 20 minuts) vnto the 12 of Iune, which is 26 dayes, the day doth but lengthen halfe an houre and 3 minutes. The like it doth in shortning.
Another errour doe they run into concerning the Dogge-dayes, wherein the old Computation was much to blame, in pretending a certainty for the beginning of them the 6 of Iuly, and ending the 17 of August, which is false, as I noted in my Almanacke 1607: But as there, so also in this Kalender shall they be truly placed: the effect of the Starre Plin. reporteth, lib. 1. chap. 40. of his Naturall History.
Another errour most runne into, concerning the primeing of the moone: for it is not (as they suppose) alwaies vpon the 5 day, it containes a halfe quarter of yt Moone, & happeneth she being 3 daies and 18 houres old, being then 4 points of the compasse to the Eastward of the Sunne.
Also you shall note that when the hornes of the Moone hang perpendicular one ouer the other, [Page 69]then the Moone is 90 degrées of the Eclipticke aboue the Horizon; if the vpper horne incline more into the East then the lower horne doth, then she is short of 90 degrées: but if the vpper horne be more into the West, the Moone is more then 90 degrées of the Eclipticke from the Horizon: but this is not meant degrées of altitude, taken instrumentally.
CAAP. XXIII. Of the Kalends, Nones, &c. And what they be.
YOu must know that in euery moneth there be thrée principall dayes, which (as the Romans pleased) gaue denomination to all the rest of the daies in the yeare, and they be called Kalends, Nones, and Ides.
The Kalends be the first day of euery moneth, from which the daies are accounted backwards, calling the next day in this regression, Pridiè Calendas, as the last of March is Pridiè Calendas Aprilis; they were called Kalends, or Calendae, as it were Colendae, because in old time they were vsed to sanctifie the first day of euery moneth in honour of Iuno: and therefore Ouid said: ‘Vendicat Ausonias Iunonis cura Calendas.’ Or they be called Kalends of [...] Calo, which is voco, to call, because the first day of euery moneth the Pontifex minor standing in an eminent place of ye Citie, did make 4 calles or more, according to the number of daies, that the Faires, called Nundinae, should endure: & therefore in the plurall number [Page 70]they bee called Calendae, as it were calles.
Or they may bee called Kalendae, Kalends, à [...], which is Bonum, because the first day of euery moneth one friend was accustomed mutually to giue certaine gifts or presents to another, to the end that all the moneth following, there might happen to them bonum omen.
Now the Nones bee certaine daies placed in euery moneth, wherof the most hath but 6, and the moneth yt hath least, 4. they begin at the Ides, and end at the Kalends: they take their name (as some say) of Non, because during that time, the Romanes sanctified no day to their God, as may appeare by Ouid: ‘Nonarum tutela Deo caret, &c.’
Or they might be called Noue, by reason of the renouation of their images euery moneth: or they are called Nonae, à Nundinis, which is Faires, or markets, because the number of Nones, limited the duration thereof in euery moneth.
Lastly, about the midst of euery moneth there be certaine daies called Ides, which is (as it were) Diuisions: for they diuide euery moneth into 2 parts, and are a number of 8 daies, which in euery moneth (according to the order of daies in our Kalender) follow the Nones, according to the verse.
But some moneths haue more Nones then others, as in the verse.
Therefore if you take all the Nones and Ides, [Page 71]of euery moneth, and adde them together, substracting the whole from the number of dayes in the moneth, then is the remainder the number of Kalends in that moneth; and as there is Pridiè Kalendas, so there is Pridiè Nonas, and Pridiè Idus.
And you must know, that amongst the ancient Astronomers, there bee certaine vnfortunate dayes in euery moneth, the which in many matters they held ominous and fatall: but of the truth thereof let them iudge that are obseruers thereof; onely I will set them downe, lest of some the booke bee condemned for their absence, and in such sort as no one as yet hath obserued.
CHAP. XXIIII. Of the infortunate and fatall dayes of the yeare, as also of the good and happy dayes.
- IAnuary the 1.2.4.5.10.15.17.19.
- February the 8.10. and the 17.
- March the 15.16. and the 19.
- Aprill the 16. and 21. Not so euill the 7.8.10.20.
- May the 7.11.20. Not so bad the 3. and 5.
- Iune the 4. and 7. Not so euill. 10.15.22.
- Iuly the 15.20.
- August the 19.20. These not so bad, 1.29. and 30.
- September the 6 and 7. Not so bad, the 3.4.21.22.
- October the 5. Not so bad, the 3.16.24.
- Nouember the 15.19. Not so bad 5.6.28.29.
- December the 6.7.9. Not so euill the 15.17.22.
Furthermore, Astrologers will haue in euery [Page 72]Moone 2 infortunate daies, wherein they recount it most vnhappy to begin or vndertake any kinds of worldly affaires, and they repute them right perilous many wayes else, the which dayes follow.
In Ianuary the 3 and 4 day of the new Moone. February the 5 and 7. March the 6 and 7. April the 5 and 8. May the 8 and 9. Iune the 5 and 15. Iuly the 3 and 13. August 8 and 13. September 8 and 13. October 5 and 12. Nouember the 5 and 9. December the 3 and 13.
Againe, there bee sixe most infortunate daies chosen out of the whole yeare by some, wherein they aduertise no man to bleed, because of great danger of death: and for that the effects of the Constellations worke most wonderfull to death, and otherwise be right vnfortunate: It is therefore very ill to haue a child borne in them, for feare of an euill death; and bad and vnhappy they be in other humane affaires, as ye ancients teach, and they be.
Ianuary the 3 day. Iuly the 1. October the 2. Aprill the 30. August the 1. and the 31.
Moreouer, in euery moneth there were two dayes which were called Aegri, mali, & Aegyptiaci, they be called Aegri, ab effectu, because, according to the opinion of many, if any fell sicke in any of these dayes, they should hardly or neuer escape it: They bee called Mali, because it was naught to begin any kinde of worke, by reason of the euill affections of the Constellations: They be called Aegyptiaci, because they were inuented [Page 73]of the Egyptians: and they do also note vnto vs the 10 plagues of Egypt in these verses:
Now these infortunate daies were noted alwaies in the Romane Kalender, notwithstanding ye inhibition of Augustine, saying: Calendas mensium, & dies Aegyptiacos, non obseruetis. But yet to satisfie all, take them in the ensuing verses.
Of the words in these foure verses, euery two serue for one moneth, the first standing for Ianuary: If therefore you desire to know the first of the two former fatall daies in any moneth, count so many daies from the beginning of the moneth descending, as the first letter in the first word is distant from A inclusiuely, according to the Alphabet, & where that number ends, there is the fatall day; as in Aprill L. (beginning Lixa) is the 10 letter in the Alphabet, therefore the 10 day is fatall, and according to the number of the first letter (in the order of ye Alphabet) of the secōd sillable, ye said houre of yt said day is vehemently to be suspected.
But to haue the second fatall day of the moneth, you must reckon so many daies from the last day of the moneth ascending, as the number of yt first letter of the second word, for yt moneth, commeth [Page 74]vnto in the order of the Alphabet, as in Aprill M. for Memor, is the 11 letter in the Alphabet, therefore the 11 day before the last of Aprill is a fatall day which is the 19 day of Aprill, and so as before, the first letter of the second sillable doth shew the most infortunate houre, according to the number thereof in the Alphabet, & you must note, that H in this account is taken for no letter.
Againe, there be certain vnfortunat & bad daies in ye yeare, called Dog-daies, as before is remēbred.
Likwise through England, the 28 of December, being Innocents day, is called Crosse-day, and so is it accounted euery wéeke.
There be other daies recounted in a little foolish booke, called the Booke of Knowledge, taken according to the course of the Moone, as thus: The first day of the Moone Adam was made, & that he counteth a fortunate day, but it is false: for Adam was not made the first day of the Moone; for the fourth day of the creation was the Sun & Moone made, and Adam the 6 day: so that the Moone was made 2 daies before Adam, & what vertue should the moone receiue by the creation of Adam. The like errour is vpon the 2 day of the moone for Eue, & so of the rest, which since their errours is apparent, they be better omitted the repeated & for the truth of the rest I commend to your experience.
And you must note that there be other daies infortunate and euill, caused by the motions of the starres & planets and by the aspects of the Moone to the rest of the 6 planets, as in the ensuing table is compendiously to bée séene.
Coniunction | Sextile. | Quadrat. | Trine. | Opposition | |
Saturne | An infortunate day; Iourney not to princes conuerse not with old mē, fly husbandmē, & Rurall labourers. | Iovne with rurall people, till the earth, plant trees, vines, & such like: But doe not seeke the loue of women. | Conferre not with Princes & aged men, abstaine frō phisicke and iournies, seeke not thy desire. | Accompany rurall people, repaire thy house, plant vines, and till thy ground. | Entertaine no seruant, begin, nor vndertake no kinde of thing. |
Iupiter. | A fortunate day; Goe vnto great men, and Rulers expect good councell, and iustice. | Accompanie Lawyers, and Ecclesiasticall men, reade law and statutes. | Study Phylosophy, and you may intreate of Law matters, as iudgements, &c. | Begin all honest workes, repaire & seek to Kings, Prelats, & Iudges, it is good to meet them. | Take thy iourney, it is good to meet with persons Ecclesiastical. |
Mars. | An infortunate day; Take no iourney, auoyde Souldiers and warfaring men. | Buy weapons & horses for war, take iourny toward war, deale with Alchimy, & fire workes. | A day of feare, beware of contention, the peace & truce shall not hold. | Dispose of all things necessary for war, buy horses of war, make experiēce in alchimy | Take no iourney, hire no seruant, seeke no loue of womē, auoide cōpany of any |
Sol. | Begin nothing, but what thou wouldst should bee kept close and secret. | Repaire to Kings, Princes, &c. Effect thy busines, expect the office and dignity sought. | Take heede of princes and great men: for this day is to be shund in all affaires. | Giue gifts to Kings & great men, aske and haue, a league betwixt kings shall hold. | Come not before great mē auoid this day in all thy affaires as most infortunate. |
Venus. | Dayes of preasure; put on new apparrell, seeke the Loue of women, now they bee tractable, aske & haue. | Good to seeke loue of women, take a wife, women be fond. | Hire thy seruant, dayes of sport, put on new apparrell, and take a wife. | Combe thy haire, seek the loue of womē, set thy childrē to schoole, put on new apparel, in al let not the ☽ be in Leo | Hire seruants, take thy iourney, proceed in matrimony, it is a day of pleasure and content. |
Mercury. | Beginne Calculations and writings, exe [...] cise merchandise, let th [...] Ambassador, or Messenger proceed. | Write Letters, seeke Offices [...], set children to [...]choole, accom [...]anying wittmen, and Singers. | Let Ambassadors, Messengers, or postes proceede iourney, excellent to buy or sell. | Poets be busy, make verses, exercise thy things witty, let thy Children goe to schoole. | Accompany Penne-men, send messengers, take a iourney, exercise the Mathematickes. |
And you must not, yt yt fortunate planets be Iupiter & Venus; yt infortunate & wicked are Saturne and Mars; the indifferent be Sol, Mercury, & Luna.
So that the Coniunction of the good, is good; of the euill, had; and of the indifferent, indifferent, excepting the Sunne and Moone.
Also the good in Coniunction with yt bad, is bad; the good with the meane is indifferent, and the bad with the meane is bad.
Certaine daies of the yeare be also good or bad, according to the place of the Moone in ye heauens, and those places bee called Mansions, as in the Table, according to which the temperature and quality of the day is much altered.
Man. | Beginning of euery Mansion. | Quality. | The Elections. | ||
S | D | M | |||
1 | ♈ | 27 | 53 | Temperate | Iourney, take phisicke, especially l [...]xatiues. |
2 | ♉ | 10 | 45 | Temperate or dry. | Iourney by water, sow, plant, &c. Do not purge or vomit. |
3 | ♉ | 23 | 37 | Very moist. | Make Marchandize, buy cattell, do not Nauigate. |
4 | ♊ | 6 | 29 | Cold &; moist. most cold. | Plant, sow seeedes, &c. Bad for mariages, and voyages by water. |
5 | ♊ | 19 | 21 | Drye. | Voyage, treat of mariage, set children to schoole, take medicines. |
6 | ♋ | 2 | 13 | Temperate. | Apt to warre, bad to sow seedes, plant, &c. |
7 | ♋ | 15 | 5 | moiste. | Apt to till the earth, and to iourney, &c. |
8 | ♋ | 27 | 57 | Cloudy and temperate. | Iourney, specially by water, take phisicke, best in pilles. |
9 | ♌ | 10 | 49 | drye. | Good to Nauigate, otherwise bad in all things. |
10 | ♌ | 23 | 41 | moiste. | Good for mariage, bad to iourney, good to plant or build. |
11 | ♍ | 6 | 32 | Temperate somthing cold | Sow, plant, deliuer prisoners, leaue laxatiue medicines. |
12 | ♍ | 19 | 35 | moiste. | Plant, sow, marry, bad to Nauigate onely. |
13 | ♎ | 2 | 17 | Temperate. | Iourney, Nauigate, sow, plow, contract Matrimony. |
14 | ♎ | 25 | 9 | Temperate. | Sow plant, take physicke, bad to iourney, and marry a widdow. |
15 | ♎ | 28 | 1 | Moiste. | Digge pits, delue, ill to voyage and marry. |
16 | ♏ | 10 | 53 | Moiste and colde. | Infortunate and bad. |
17 | ♏ | 23 | 45 | Moiste | Buy beasts, seeke to Widdows, bad to Nauigate. |
18 | ♐ | 6 | 37 | Drie. | Build, sow, plant, saile, ill in mariage. |
19 | ♐ | 19 | 29 | Moiste. | Warfare, besiege a Towne, plant, sow, iourney, Nauigate. |
20 | ♑ | 2 | 21 | Temperate | Buy cattell, hunt wilde beasts, bad for Mariage. |
21 | ♑ | 15 | 13 | Temperate, | Lay foundations, build, sow, seek to Prince or Magistrate, marry not. |
22 | ♑ | 28 | 5 | Moiste. | Take physicke, Nauigate, marry not. |
23 | ♒ | 10 | 57 | Temperate. | Take physicke, iourney, ill to marry, or lend. |
24 | ♒ | 23 | 49 | Temperate. | Lead thy Army to battell, marry, sow, medicine, voyage not. |
25 | ♓ | 6 | 41 | Drie. | Iourney towards mid-day, or sunne set, best for strife, lay foundations. |
26 | ♓ | 19 | 43 | Drie. | A most fit day for physicke, in all other affaires bad. |
27 | ♈ | 2 | 25 | Moiste. | Plant, sow, vse Merchandize, but do not Nauigate. |
28 | ♈ | 15 | 17 | Temperate. | Sow, vse Merchandize, marry, take physicke, do not lend or voyage. |
CHAP. XXV. To finde what Planet doth reigne any houre in the yeare, and how long hee reigneth.
TO go briefly to worke, resolue the houres of the day into minutes, by multiplying them by 60, adding to the product the odde minute, the totall then diuided by 12, doth tell you how long a planet doth reigne: The like for the night. But for the more ease behold the ensuing Table.
Horae Diei | Horae Noct. | Horae Diei. | Horae Noct. | Horae Diei. | Horae Noct. | Horae Diei. | Horae Noct. | Horae Diei. | Horae Noct. | ||||||||||
0 | 12 | 24 | 36 | 48 | |||||||||||||||
H | M | H | M | H | M | H | M | H | M | H | M | H | M | H | M | H | M | H | M |
0 | 35 | 1 | 25 | 0 | 36 | 1 | 24 | 0 | 37 | 1 | 23 | 0 | 38 | 1 | 22 | 0 | 39 | 1 | 21 |
0 | 40 | 1 | 20 | 0 | 41 | 1 | 19 | 0 | 42 | 1 | 18 | 0 | 43 | 1 | 17 | 0 | 44 | 1 | 16 |
0 | 45 | 1 | 15 | 0 | 46 | 1 | 14 | 0 | 47 | 1 | 13 | 0 | 48 | 1 | 12 | 0 | 49 | 1 | 11 |
0 | 50 | 1 | 10 | 0 | 51 | 1 | 9 | 0 | 52 | 1 | 8 | 0 | 53 | 1 | 7 | 0 | 54 | 1 | 6 |
0 | 55 | 1 | 5 | 0 | 56 | 1 | 4 | 0 | 57 | 1 | 3 | 0 | 58 | 1 | 2 | 0 | 59 | 1 | 1 |
1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 59 | 1 | 2 | 0 | 58 | 1 | 3 | 0 | 57 | 1 | 4 | 0 | 56 |
1 | 5 | 0 | 55 | 1 | 6 | 0 | 54 | 1 | 7 | 0 | 53 | 1 | 8 | 0 | 52 | 1 | 9 | 0 | 51 |
1 | 10 | 0 | 50 | 1 | 11 | 0 | 49 | 1 | 12 | 0 | 48 | 1 | 13 | 0 | 47 | 1 | 14 | 0 | 46 |
1 | 15 | 0 | 45 | 1 | 16 | 0 | 44 | 1 | 17 | 0 | 43 | 1 | 18 | 0 | 42 | 1 | 19 | 0 | 41 |
1 | 20 | 0 | 40 | 1 | 21 | 0 | 39 | 1 | 22 | 0 | 38 | 1 | 23 | 0 | 37 | 1 | 24 | 0 | 36 |
1 | 25 | 0 | 35 | 1 | 26 | 0 | 34 | 1 | 27 | 0 | 33 | 1 | 28 | 0 | 32 | 1 | 29 | 0 | 31 |
1 | 30 | 0 | 30 | 1 | 31 | 0 | 29 | 1 | 32 | 0 | 28 | 1 | 33 | 0 | 27 | 1 | 34 | 0 | 26 |
The vse of the precedent Table.
In the first row vpon the left hand finde the lenghth of the day or night in houres, and if there be any minuts annexed, finde them in the top of the Table, where they bee set thus: 0, 12, 24, 36, 48. And so in the common angle shall you finde the length of the planetary houre for the day or night, vnder their proper Title, and if you want the iust minute, take the néerest, for the difference produceth no sensible errour: as when the day is 16 houres, 24 minutes long then the length of a planetary hour for day is 1 houre, 22 minuts, and aplanet ruleth that night but 38 minutes, as in the Table.
The length of a planetary houre thus found, it rests to finde any time of day what planetary houre it is, which as yet none of these little bookes haue taught: You must therefore learne (as hereafter) at what houre and minute the Sunne doth rise vpon the day proposed, and also ye true houre of the day at the time proposed, by some clocke, or rather Sunne-diall, and thereby get how many houres and minutes the said proposed time is after Sunne rising, the number of which houres multiply by 60, and to the product adde the odde minute: then the totall diuided by the number of minutes, that a planet reigneth, the quotient is the number of the planetary houre.
Example.
The Sunne riseth at 8 of the clocke (vpon a certaine day) which day is 8 houres long, and I [Page 80]am required to finde what planetary houre it was at 10 before Noone: 10 is two houres after 8, 2 multiplied by 60, yeeldes 120. which parted by 40 minutes (for so long a Planet ruleth that day, as in the Table) and the quotient is 3. Therefore I conclude it is the third planetary houre, and if there had beene any minutes remaining, those would haue shewen how many minutes of the planetary houre had beene spent.
Deale so with the night, counting them from Sunne set.
Otherwise.
Another way I can shew you; hauing any time of the day giuen, and are required to know what planetary houre it is at that instant, you must consider if the question were made before high noone, or after: if the question were made before noone, worke as before: if after noone, adde the houre of the clocke after noone to the houre and minute of Sunne setting: so haue you the distance of time from Sun-rising, then worke likewise as before.
Lastly, hauing found what planetary houre it is, then must you séeke what planet doth reigne that houre, which is thus done: Consider what planet the day is called by, as in the 15 Chapter, and giue to that planet the first houre, and to the next the second houre, vntill you come to ye houre proposed, & that planet which falleth to that houre is the planet ye ruleth at that time. But for more ease behold the ensuing Table, which I haue newly made for that purpose.
Day Re. | ☉ | ☽ | ♂ | ☿ | ♃ | ♀ | ♄ | Night. R. | |||||||
Sunday. | Munday | Tuesday | Wednes | Thursda | Friday | Saterday | |||||||||
H | H | H | H | H | H | H | H | H | H | H | H | H | H | ||
☉ | 1 | 8 | 5 | 12 | 2 | 9 | 6 | 0 | 3 | 10 | 7 | 0 | 4 | 11 | ♃ |
♀ | 2 | 9 | 6 | 0 | 3 | 10 | 7 | 0 | 4 | 11 | 1 | 8 | 5 | 12 | ♂ |
☿ | 3 | 10 | 7 | 0 | 4 | 11 | 1 | 8 | 5 | 12 | 2 | 9 | 6 | 0 | ☉ |
☽ | 4 | 11 | 1 | 8 | 5 | 12 | 2 | 9 | 6 | 0 | 3 | 10 | 7 | 0 | ♀ |
♄ | 5 | 12 | 2 | 9 | 6 | 0 | 3 | 10 | 7 | 0 | 4 | 11 | 1 | 8 | ☿ |
♃ | 6 | 0 | 3 | 10 | 7 | 0 | 4 | 11 | 1 | 8 | 5 | 12 | 2 | 9 | ☽ |
♂ | 7 | 0 | 4 | 11 | 1 | 8 | 5 | 12 | 2 | 9 | 6 | 0 | 3 | 10 | ♄ |
The vse of the Table.
Seeke the day proposed in the top of the Table, and in one of the two rowes vnder the same day, finde the planetary houre, against which in the first row vpon the left hand is the character of the planet that gouerneth that houre of the day, vnder the title of Day Re. signifying Regniments of the day planets, and vpon the right hand is the planet that ruleth that houre of the night, vnder Night Regniment, as vpon Sunday, Mercury ruleth the third houre of the day, and Sol the same houre of the night.
CHAP. XXVI. Of the natures and properties of the seuen Planets.
SOmething I would say, that when you haue found what planet reigneth, you might likewise know the nature and condition thereof,, but I must bee briefe: for indéed heere is no place in this small volume to handle the same in such ample manner as it ought to be.
Saturne (being well affected) is graue with authority, thinking of déepe matters, disputing of grauity alouer of secret matters, silent, solitary, laborious, doing labour and toyle, a gatherer of wealth, couetous, desirous of money, and studious for his owne proper benefite, a Zelotype, bearing care of his body, vncertaine in kéeping promise, a louer of husbandry; and being made infortunate and weake, he is an abiect, squalid, excogitating of base things, a pick, thanke and complainer, fearefull, auoiding light, louing solitarinesse, sad, enuious, stubborne, suspitious, superstitious, vntrimmed, malignant deceiptfull, yet fearing deceipt, couetous, austere, slothfull, dull and a lyar: His nature is cold and dry, and is charactred thus ♄.
Iupiter being the onely signifier and well affected, maketh men honest, religious, iust, doers of good turnes, magnanimous, faithfull, verecundious, beneuolent, manly famous gouernours, of great diligence, graue, and modest, giuen to follow [Page 83]their businesse, wise carefull to liue, louers of their owne, and of their friends, liverall, and without fraud: But being euilly affected, is more prodigall and proud: His nature is hot & moist, thus figured ♃.
Mars, well affected, is generous, fit for gouernment and rule, valiant, strong, angry, giuen to battell and warre with vehemence, apt, without fraud, fearing no danger, desiring reuenge, impatiént of seruitude and iniuries, vaunting, not respectiue of riches: and being euilly affected, is cruell, vniust, a brawler, a tyrant, a murtherer, dreadfull, rash, vnfearefull, proud, drunke. turbulent, a blond-shedder, fierce in prouoking quarrels, and fearefull to performe, the author of discords, arrogancy and seditious: He is hot and dry, thus charactred. ♂
Sol is the most noble Planet, hee is magnanimous, industrious, prouident, ambitious, signifying Kings Princes, Potentates, labourers of gold, he is valiant, secret, honest, quiet, giueth long life, and a healthfull body, a sincere and very good minde, princely dignities, and riches, and aboue the rest, he maketh men curteous famous wise, rulers, louers, desirous of honours: His Nature is hot and dry cholericke, and is thus charactred ☉.
Venus fortunatly affected, maketh one faire-spoken, good, a louer of swéet things, pleasant, merry, faire, delicate in gesture, elegant, a doer of good-turnes, pittifull, giuen to please, and apt to pleasures, giuen to singing and dauncing, impatient [Page 84]of labour, gallant, and yéelding loue to such, sociable, yet seruing God religiously: But being euilly affected, she is effeminate, fearefull, a louer of maids, spending much vpon them, without respect of fame or infamy, idle, sluggish, apt to lust, a Zelotype, or giuen to iealousie: Her nature is cold and moist, flegmaticke, thus charactred ♀.
Mercury well scituate, and fortunate affected, causeth a sharpe wit, maketh one studious, capable of learning, easie to be taught, wise, subtill, wary, and héedfull, accomplishing all things with great dexterity, obtaining a great part of Poëtry, Geometry, and the Mathematickes, without tutor, desiring many differences, and disputing elegantly of many matters, of good manners, wittily applying himselfe to time and place, an imitator of the good: But being infortunate and badly scituate, hee is maleuolent, malicious, subtile, crafty, forsworne, lying, especially his essentiall dignities being of the bad, and he néere the Dragons taile, for then he is most ill.
The Moone maketh one thoughtfull, vnstable, vagabonds, fearefull, faint-hearted, prodigall, she signifieth messengers, shipmen, Quéenes, Ladies, also common people, fishers, and such that deale about waters, also such that are in continuall motion, as Lackies, &c. Also Widowes, mothers, &c. she maketh one delighting to study histories, to walke from place to place, to Nauigate, plant, &c.
CHAP. XXVII. A briefe discourse of the naturall causes of watery Meteors, as snow, haile, raine, &c.
YOu must first vnderstand, that all watery meteors, as raine, snow, or such like, is but a moist vapour drawne vp by the vertue of the Sun, and the rest of the Planets into the middle region of the aire, where being congealed or dissolued, falleth vpon the earth, as haile or raine.
Of the Raine-bow.
Pliny saith the Rain-bow is made by the Sun-beames striking vpon a hollow cloud, when their edge is repelled, and beaten backe against ye Sun, and thus ariseth variety of colours, by ye mixture of cloudes, aire, and fiery light together. But (as he saith) it pretendeth neither faire nor fowle wether.
Of Raine.
Of these kinde of meteors you may read Arist. libro primo Meteorologicorum, cap. 1. & 2. But briefly, Raine is a cold vapour, and earthly humour, raised from the earth and waters into the middle region of the aire, where by the extremity of cold it is thickned into the body of a cloud, and after being dissolued, falleth vpon the earth.
Of Haile.
Haile is ingendred of Raine, congealed into [Page 86]Ice, fréezing the drops presently after the dissoluing of the cloud, whereby wee haue great irregular stones fall on the earth; I haue séene them in that fashion 1610 containe 4 inches about: for the higher it commeth, and the longer it tarieth in the aire, the rounder it is and the lesser.
Of Snow.
Snow is of the same humour that Haile is, but not growne together so hard. Pliny saith, Haile sooner melts then Snow, and that Haile commeth oftner in the day then in the night.
Of Frost and Dew
When in the day time through ye faint heate of the Sun, there is a cold and moist vapour drawne vp a little from the earth, presently at night it descendeth againe vpon the the earth, and is called Dew, and in the Spring or Haruest, it is a signe of faire weather; but if by meanes of cold it be congealed, it is called Frost, & therefore Dewes come not so often in hote seasons, neither when winds be vp, but after a calme and cleare night, frosts dry vp wet and moisture: For when (as Pliny saith) the Ice is melted, the like quantity of water in proportion is not found.
Of Winde.
Winde is nothing but many exhalations drawn from the earth & inforced laterally aboue the sun.
Of Sodaine Blasts.
A windy exhalation being throwne downe, and [Page 87]encompassed (as Pliny saith) in a thin course of cloudes newly ouer-cast comming at some time with such a violence, as it bursts & cleaues a drye cloud in sunder, & makes a storme, of the Greekes called Ecnephias, but when this cleft is not great, but that the windes vs forced to turne round, & role in this discent without lighting, there is made a whirle-puffe, or ghust, called Typhon, which is to say, the storme Ecnephias, sent forth & winding violence, & this winde doth beare many things away with it, changing from place to place; but if the hole in the cloud were great, it is called Turbo, casting downe and ouerthrowing all that is next it. Pliny saith, no Ecnephias commeth with snow, nor no Typhon from the South: some say, vinegar throwne into this wind, breakes the gust.
Of Earth-quakes.
Plenty of windes gotten into the bowels holes & corners of the earth bursting out of the earth, & the earth closing againe, causeth the shaking, or earth-quake, and is a token of insuing warre.
Signes of Earth-quakes.
When waters in well or pits be troubled, and haue a bad sauour, the long absence of ye windes, strange noises, the obscurity or darknesse of the Sunne with clouds, and strangly coloured, &c.
Of Thunder and Lightnings.
When an exhalation hote and dry mixt with moisture, is carried vp into the middle region and there inclosed in the body of a cloud: Now these [Page 88]two contraries being thus shut or pent vp in one roome together, they fall at variance, whereby the water and fire agree not vntill they haue broken the prison wherein they were pent, so that fire and water flye out of the cloud, the breaking whereof maketh a noise, like the renting of cloath, which we call thunder, and the fire lightning, the thunder being made first, but the lightning first séene, in respect the sight is before the hearing; and of lightnings there be many sorts.
That which is dry burneth not at all, dissipating and dispersing: that which is moist burneth not likewise, but blasts, and altereth the colour: but that which is cleare is of a strange operation, it draweth vessels dry without hurt to the vessell; it melteth mettall in bagges or purses, and hurteth not the bagge or purse, nor the waxe that sealed the bagge hurt; it breaketh the bones, and hurteth not the flesh; and killeth the childe in the wombe, not hurting the mother. Pliny saith, Scythia by reason of cold, and AEgypt by reason of heate, haue seldome lightning.
What things be not hurt with lightning.
It hurteth not ye Lawrel tree, it entreth not past 5 foot into the earth, such that are shadowed with the skinnes of Seales, or Sea-calues, are fréed, the Eagle is frée, &c. Many other wondrous & strange kind of Meteors bee there in the heauens often times séene, as Comets, burning Dragons, &c. but this volume will not containe an ample discourse thereof.
CHAP. XXVIII. Diuerse signes to prognosticate what weather is towards.
TO begin first with the Sunne, the best prognosticator of all other, if he rise cleare, not fiery red, if he chase the clouds before him into the West; if at Sunne-rising there be a circle about the Sunne, and it vanish equally away, if he be red at setting: all these argue faire wether to insue. But if he be fiery red at his rising, if he shew pale and wan, if at rising hée séeme hollow, if red and blacke cloudes be about him at his rising, or if his raies be red both at a rising and setting, if his beames at a morning or euening be contracted or short, if it raine at Sunne-setting, or his raies looke darke or blew, or gather, if at his rising his beames séeme not bright and cleare, if before his rising the cloudes gather like globes mouing not into the west, if a circle of cloudes appeare incompassing the Sunne, leauing not all his light, if his circle about the Sun be broke, if at his rising hee cast his beames a farre off amongst the cloudes, if he spread his beames before he be vp, if at his setting he be ouercast with a thicke misse: all these signifie wet, and often tempestious wether. Also looke if the circle called Halo, be blacke, for if signifieth raine, and if it breake, winds, from that part as the fraction in the circle respecteth.
Presages by the Moone.
According to the Aegyptians, if on the Prime [Page 90]day the Moone be faire and bright, it will be faire; if red, windes; if dimme and blackish, fowle wether according to the verse.
Marke the typs of her hornes when she is fiue dayes old, with Pl. But best when she is primed, if they be blunt, raine; if pricking vpward, and sharpa-pointed, windes. Pliny saith, these things fall truest vpon the fourth day. If her vpper horne, which bends northwards, bee onely sharpe and pricked, winds from that coast: but if the nether horne be so, windes from the South; if the fourth day after her change she haue a red circle or Halo about her, windes and raine. Varro saith, when the Moone is 4 dayes old, if shée put her hornes direct and straight forth, it is tempest at sea, vnlesse there bee a cleare circle about her: If the one halfe of the full Moone séeme pure, faire wether; if red, windes; if blackish, raine; mistes and cloudes about the Moone haue like effect, as Halo, the more the worse, whilest the new Moone is Croissant and rising with the vpper tip of her horne blackish, telleth of wet after the full: but then other tip being so, raine before the full: and if (as Varro saith) this blackishnesse appeare in the middest of the Moone, raine at the full: a circle about the full Moone declareth windes from that part that the circle is most splendant; if her hornes at her rising shew more grosse & thicke then ordinary, looke for raine plentiously, and that before long: if she appeare not before the Prime, the West winde blowing withall, cold winterlike [Page 91]wether all that Moone. Lastly with Pliny, there bee 8 points in euery Moone, and so many dayes (according as shee falleth vpon the angles of the Sunne) which many onely obserue, and take their presages of future wetherby, to wit, the 3.7.11.15.19.21.27. and the very day of coniunction.
Presages by the Starres.
Next vnto the Moone we may place ye Starres; if the Starres séeme to shoote, windes from that quarter the Starre came from: the wetter the Spring and Sommer, the dryer the Autumne. Autumne faire and dry bringeth a windy Winter: a circle about any of the other Planets, great showers: if the cloud in Cancer, called Praesepe, or the manger standing betwixt Aselli, or ye little Asses appeare not, though otherwise the aire bée cleare, fowle winterlike wether: if the Northerne of these starres bee hid, great windes from the South, but the other being hid, North-east windes.
Of the Raine-bow.
If two Raine-bowes appeare, raine: a Raine-bow presently after raine, faire wether.
Presages from Thunder and Lightning.
If in sommer there be more thunder then lightning, windes from the coast it thundred; but if the lightning excéed, raine: lightning without thunder, betokens raine and thunder: if it lighten only from the North-west, raine the ensuing day; if from the North, windes thence; if from ye South-North-west, [Page 92]or full west if lighten, especially in the night, winde & raine from those coasts: morning thunder, windes; but mid-day thunder, raine.
Presages by the Cloudes.
If the racke ride apace in the aire, windes from that coast they come, the worse if it come from the North or South: if at Sunne-set the racks ride on both sides fromwards him, tempest: blacke cloudes flying out of the East, rains at night: but from the west, raine the next day: if the cloudes bee disparkled many together of the East, flying like fléeces of wooll, raine for 3 daies after: when cloudes flye low, séeming to settle vpon the tops of hils, cold wether insueth; but the mountaine tops being faire and cleare, the wether will take vp: if the cloudes séeme full charged, and yet looke white withall, which constitution of the aire is called by some Towers, by others white wether, haile is at hand.
If mistes come downe from the hils, or descend from the Heauens, and settle in the Valleyes, it promiseth faire hot wether: mists in the euening shew a hot day on the morrow. The like when white mistes rise from waters in the Euening.
Prognostications by fires.
From the heauens we will procéed to our common fires.
The fire burning pale, or kéeping a huzzing noyse, stormy wether: if the flame of fire or candle mount, winding and wauing, as it were, winds: [Page 93]the like if the fire or candle goe out of it selfe, or kindle and take fire with much adoe. Further, when you discerne many sparkles gather together in the fire, knitting one to another, the coales hanging to the bottome, or side of the pot newly taken off the fire, the fire raked in the imbers, kéepeth a spitting and sparkling from it, if the ashes vpon the earth grow together, or when the liue coale shineth brighter, or burneth more then ordinary: all these be tokens of raine.
Prognostications by water.
If the sea, within the hauen, after the departing of the flood in a low ebbe water be calme, & yet kéep a noyse & rumbling within, winde; if it do thus by fits, cold wether and raine; if in a calme season the sea strond, or water-bankes resound or make a noise, great tempest: the like of the sea it selfe; the puffins swimming aboue water, tell of cold wether for many daies: the sea being calme, heauing and puffing vp, sheweth there is great store of winds within her, which will shortly breaks out to a tempest.
Prognostications from Fishes and Fowles.
The Dolphin disporting vpon the waues, foreshewes winds: if they fling and dash the water this and that way, and the sea be rough, faire wether: the Cuttle, or little Calamaria Loligo launcing and flying about the water, the Cockles, or Winckles sticking hard to the grauell, the Seavrchings thrusting themselues into the mudde, or [Page 94]couered with sand, the croking extraordinary of Frogges, the low flying of Swallowes, the chirping of Sparrowes, the crying of Peacockes and Hearnes, the bathing of Crowes, the stinging of of Flyes and Gnats, the early straggling of Seamewes the proking of their fethers by the Guls, Malards & Duckes, all foreshew winde or raine. Contrary the Water-fowle gather together and combate, or Cranes make haste to flye into the middest of the land, or Cormorants and Guls forsaking the waters, or Cranes soring quietly aloft, or Crowes or Rauens gaying against the Sunne, are all tokens of faire wether. But if the Howlat cry Chi-uit, raine: Rauens crying one to another, as if they sobbed and vexed, clapping themselues with their wings, windes: but doing it by interualles of time, wet and winde: the late returning home of Iacke-dawes, hard wether: also yt working of the spinner, the busie heauing of Moles, the appearing of wormes, Hennes resorting to the roost couered with dust, the Ante busied with her Egges, the Bées in faire wether not wandring farre abroad, Bels heard further then ordinary, the wallowing of dogges, the alteration of the crowing of the Cocke, befoken all fowle wether.
Prognostications of foure-footed Beasts.
The leaping and playing of shéepe, & such small cattell, shew alteration of wether: the crying of Swine, Oxen & beasts licking themselues against the haire, or holding vp their nose and smelling into [Page 95]to the aire, swine shaking hay, or such like stuffe: beasts eating gréedily, or licking their hooues, or sodainly moue here and there: all signifie raine or fowle wether.
Prognostications from woods, stones, &c.
The hearbe Trefoile looketh rough against a tempest, and the leaues thereof will stand staring vp, as if it were afraid thereof. Also if dishes, stones, or such like, sweate or be wet: if wainescot doores that ioyne well, be stubborne to open, if salt dissolue in the salt-saller, or any solid body sweate, looke for great raine: the like is séene by the pissing of Dogges.
If there bee a rumbling noise, or sounding in the mountaines and forrests, or if the leaues of trées flicker and play themselues, no winde stirring, which foretell some change of wether: the like prediction is gathered by the light downe of Poplares or Thistles flying to and fro in the aire: looke what is said of the noise in forrests, vnderstand the same here in vallyes, and in the aire. I cannot stand to runne into an ample discourse of this subiect, lest I driue the quantity of my volume beyond my intent; but they shall be amply handled in a Booke I haue to come forth, called Cosmologia & Meteorologia.
CHAP. XXIX. Of the foure quarters of the yeare, and first of Winter.
VVINTER, the first quarter Astronomical, taketh his beginning when the Sunne entreth into Capricorne, during vntill he haue gone to the latter part of Pisces, it is the coldest time of the yeare, and the colder and dryer the wholsomer, yet ouer much cold killeth trees in a warme region, especially such that bee tender. A warme, and moist Winter is vnwholsome, and an enemy to husbandmen, but reasonable store of snow doth ranken the fields and preserue corne.
The diseases of this quarter bee pushes in the face, leprosie, tooth-ach, red-spots, feuers, the scab, fluxes of bloud by the inferiour parts, paines of the eyes, palsies, gouts, and such like.
Of the Spring.
THe Spring is the most comfortablest quarter in all the yeare, and is of nature warme and moist, for then the Sunne draweth neere to the Zenith, comming towards the starres of a warme nature, and then yt East-winds blow dispearcing the superfluous humors, making the earth apt to bring forth all things, for the good and comfort of man: This quarter beginneth when the Sunne entreth into Aries, at what time [Page 97]the dayes and nights be equal, and continueth vntill the 12 of Iune, at what time the Sunne hath runne through Aries, Taurus, and Gemini; if the Spring be much moist, the fruite will bee rotten and scarce, but wéedes will abound; if hoate, the trées soone bring forth leaues; the fruits of that quarter, as Cheries, &c. will soone be ripe, which being not gathered before their full maturity, will bee subiect to wormes, especially in warme regions, but it is seldome with vs, though frequent in Italy. Roses will bee frome, but not so swéete, & all such things shal better please the sight then yt sent or tast; if it bee cold and dry, there will hoare frosts fall in the end of the quarter, according to the full Moone, the wine and fruits will be scarce; being dry and not hot, fruits will bee scarce but good, with want of graine; if it be cold the fruits will be late riping; if it be wet, with much South wind, and the former Winter dry with Northen winds, the next Summer will happen agues, and bleerenesse, dropping of the eyes, and paine of the bowels. A dry Spring with much Northen winds, and a wet Winter full of Southerne winds going before, causeth women with child to bee deliuered before their time, or to bring forth weake children. Gal. l. 3. Aphor. 3. So that if the quarter vary from his proper nature, the commodities of the earth be made worse and scarce, the ordinary diseases of this quarter bee leaprosies, red spots, tooth-ach, feuers of bloud, pushes or wheales in the face, small-pox, ring-wormes, falling-sickenesse, paines in the throate and necke, [Page 98]the Kings euill, wens, griefes in the shoulders and armes causes by bloud.
Of Sommer.
SOmmer is of nature hot and dry, like the fiery tryplicity, or like the chollericke; if taketh beginning when ye Sun entreth Cancer, continuing vntil he haue passed ouer Cancer, Leo, and Virgo, and now is rage and choller most abounding, being the hottest time [...] the yeare, but in the begining there rise certain [...] [...]arres in Cancer, whose vertue is to make moist, especially Aselli, so that the Sunne comming to them, some raine falleth, to fructify the earth, but comming to Leo, beeing neere Syrius and Procyon, starres of a warme nature, the heat groweth most vehement, to temperate which the Etesian winds blow. Lastly comming to Virgo, which is a barren signe, ye constellation of Arcturus rising, a mittigation of heat is produced, with some raine.
If Sommer be ouer wet, the Sommer fruits shall putrify, and there will bee but small store of graine, there will be many sickenesses: if it be onely dry, there will happen want of graine, and Sommer fruits will be wholsome, the fishes shall die in waters, great sicknesses will happen: if it exceede in heat, many sicknesses also will happen with great store of Sommer friutes: if to conclude it bee cold, the yeare will bee wholsome, but the fruits rotten.
This quarter as it is hot and dry in nature, so [Page 99]doth it accordingly alter the humors in mans body, bringing all fruits to their ripenesse, cattell to their fatnesse, and men to their wealth, the sicknesses agreeing to the nature thereof, bee griefes and torments about the breast, ribbes, and spléene, pushes, leprosy, and diseases of the face as in the Spring: bleard and sore eyes with other impediments therein, the plurisy, cough, heart and stomacke-aking, sorrow, vexations, feuers of bloud, apostumes, pestilence, feuers, the ianndise, paines in the belly and secret parts, with other infirmities proceeding of melancholy.
Of Autumne.
AUtumne is ye fourth and last quarter Astronomicall, but the third according to our English accompt, by nature is cold and dry, melancholy, like old age, resembling the element of the earth, beginning at the Sunnes first ingresse into Libra, producing thereby a second Equinoctiall, cocquating the daies with the nights, which may also be called our second Spring, making an apt time to take Physicke, bléed, &c. but in that Libra is a signe of the Airy triplicity, there is produced heat with temperate moisture, but comming to Scorpio the aire is made more cold and moist, for Scorpio is of the watry triplicity, but comming to Sagitarius, a signe of the fiery triplicity, accompanied with certaine starres of a warme nature, there is made a restraint of the extremity of wet and cold, for the good of such as sow & plow.
If Autumne be most moist, grapes will be putrified and wine bad, if the end be wet there will be want of fruite the insuing yeare, if the beginning be dry, there will be penuria Milij, if hot many sickenesses and euils; if cold there is losse of haruest fruits in quantity, iuyce and beauty.
The diseases of this quarter properly be paines in the backe, darknesse of sight, retention of vrine, fluxes of bloud, paynes in the backe and priuy parts, with infirmities in the face, as in the Spring, also the canker, fistuloes, emrods, the stone and grauell, feuers of bloud, and impediments in the eies.
And here note that Winter in Latine Hyems, is so called, ab [...] which is dimidium, for the vulgar people doe diuide the yeare into two parts, Sommer and Winter, Winter being ye greater. Ver the Spring, is so called à vireo vires, because then omnia virent all things flourish, Aestas Sommer, is so called ab aestu: which is à feruore, by reason of heat. Lastly Autumnus, Autumne, or Haruest, is so called à bonorum anni augmentatione, or it taketh name with Hipocrates, ab ortu Arcturi, during till the Vespertine setting of the Pleiades, or of Autumnus, which is morbidum, or tempestiuosum: & these foure times be resembled to the foure Regions of the world, to the foure Cardinall winds, to the foure Elements, to the foure quarters, to the foure humors, & to the foure ages, as in the ensuing table.
Warme and dry | Hot & moist | Cold & moist | Cold & dry | |
Regions of the world | Oriens | Meri. | Occid. | Septe. |
Cardinall winds | East | South | West | North |
4 Elements | Fyre | Ayre | Water | Earth |
4 Quarters of the yeare | Sommer | Spring | Wint. | Autu. |
4 Humors | Cholor | Sangu. | Fleame | Melā. |
[...] Ages | Youth | Ma. sta. | Age | old ag. |
CHAP. XXX. Certaine predictions of the weather in euery moneth, with necessary abstracts, and the Poeticall rising of the Starres.
Ianuary.
NEw-yeares day in the morning being red portends great tempest and warre: after ryseth Orions girdle Vespertine, troubling the ayre, causing South-west winds, the 10 and 11 day doth Lucida Corona produce by a Vespertine setting, about which time also riseth Asellus and praesepe, great causers of raine the more Iupiter being in moist signes: ye 12 day Asellus riseth Cosmicall, the 13 Praesepe setteth Cosmicall: the 20 the South part of Asellus ryseth Chronicall: the 28 Sirius riseth Vespertinus: the 30 Eagle riseth Cosmicall. All which with Ptolemaeus bring wet and tempest: some say if the Sun shine the 12 of [Page 102]Ianuary, there shall be much winde, others Prognosticate of Saint Pauls day, saying: if the Sunne shine it is token of a happy yeare, if raine or snow, indifferent: if misty, great death, but if it thunder there will bee great windes and death that yeare.
The Abstract.
Cut timber, ridde fruit trees of superfluous branches, vncouer their rootes, drench weake and sicke cattell, Kyne with veriuce, horses with water and ground malt, fodden witha little bran, dig gardines, lib and geld for rearing.
February.
THe third day Regulus riseth Chronicall, the fourth he setteth Cosmicall, of whom Ptol. saith, the cleare starre in the heart of the Lyon beginning to set, the North winde bloweth, with often raine. Carda. saith it raiseth the South-west windes. The 9 the taile of the Dolphin doth set vespertine, which Ptol. saith bringeth windes and snow, and the more raine the winds being south. Some say thunder vpon Shroue-tuesday foretelleth winde, and store of fruit, and plenty, the Sun-beames being early abroad: others affirme that so much he shineth that day, and the like hoe shineth euery day in Lent.
The Abstract.
Set, cut, and lay quicke-sets and roses, sow, [Page 103]beanes, pease, and oates, especially the land being cold and stiffe: furnish your gardens with sallads for Sommer.
March.
THe 6 day Vindemiator riseth vespertine, bringing North winds with frost, the 8 riseth the Rammes-horne, snow or raine: the 10 Arcturus riseth Chronicall, causing tempests. Carda: saith, at the vespertine rising of this starre, Swallows be séene, and the Spring commeth. Stadius cap. 7. at the vespertine setting of Arcturus, swallows depart by multitudes, and at his vespertine rising come againe: and this rising bringeth South-west winds, and by-west, blowing commonly 12 daies with raine or haile, ending in the west. Herewith agréeth Ptol. Plin. Stadius, Collumell, and others, especially being furthered with the radiation of the Moone or Mars. The 11 or 12 day Sol entreth Aries, the West windes blow, Storkes come, with Ptol. in Aegypt they came the 17 of May. The 21 Spica Virginis setteth Cosmicall cloudy.
Some say, so many mistes in March, so many hoare frosts after Easter.
The Abstract.
Now (regarding winde and weather) graft, also couer the rootes of your trees opened in December [Page 104]or Ianuary, with ranke earth: sow pease, beans, oates, parsneps, onions, artichockes, cowcumbers, sage, & mellons; manure barly land, but in cold clay ground sow at the end of the moneth.
Aprill.
THe 17 of Aprill, Augustus terminus Pleiadum, one of the seauen starres riseth Cosmicall, the other following a little after, causing Westwindes: the 22 the South part of Lucida Lancis setteth Cosmicall, often proue king showers of raine. Some say if it raine vpon Ascension day (which sometimes falleth in Aprill) it doth betoken scarrity of all kinde of foode for cattell, but being faire, it signifieth plenty.
The Abstract.
Yet it is good to sow Barley, chiefly in strong land, some kinde of garden-seeds sow now also, as Mellons, Citrions, Cowcumbers, & Artichockes: sow likewise Hempe & Flax, setting some garden-herbes towards the end of the Moneth. Now the time beginneth to barke trees, and to yeeld to good Day-men natures aboundance.
May.
THe fourth of May Sirius, or Canis maior setteth vespertine, tempest from the South and [Page 105]North-east, and by-north; and as Stadius saith, if the full Moone happen within two daies before or after, it prognosticates blasting to corne, and other flowers. The 6 and 7 Hyades begin to set, the South blowing with raine: So Ptol. speaketh of the setting of the 7 starres. The 9 Pleiades set Chronicall, causing [...] South winds, which with Ptol. at last turne into the West. The 11 the Buls Eye setteth: the 18 Procyon setteth Heliacall, making wine rage in Cellers with Stadius. The 23 the Eagle riseth Chronicall, which happening at the new or full Moone, all fruits bee hurt with wormes and Caterpillers with Carda. The 24 the 7 starres rise Cosmicall: the 27 the Buls Eye riseth Cosmicall, both which fore-shew raine, and hurt to vines.
Some say, the Sunne shining vpon the 25 day, wines shall prosper well; also in the end of May Okes begin to beare blossomes, which happening fore-shewes much tallow and fruit.
The Abstract.
In the beginning you may sow Barley, set and sow tender hearbes & seeds, as sweet-Marierome, Sommer-sauory, Basill, &c. Set Stilles to worke, vsing, May deaw therein stirring land for Wheate and Rye.
Iune.
THe 6 day the lesser Dogge setteth vespertine, which happening at the full Moone, hurts all [Page 106]fruits. Stadius saith if it happen at full Moone, it bringeth mischiefe to swéet flowers and vines, by reason of his burning heate: The 12 Sol enters Cancer, Vine and Oliues flourish: the 16 Arcturus setteth Cosmicall, making the aire intemperate: the 21 ye left side of Orion riseth Cosmicall, raising the West windes. If it raine the 24 day, Hazell-nuts do not prosper.
The Abstract.
Set Gilloflowers and Rosemary, sow Lettuce 3 or 4 dayes after the full, which is also good from February to the end of September: sheare sheep, fetch home fewell, and towards the end of the moneth begin to mow.
July.
THe 2 day riseth Orions Girdle, and is a Criticall day: for if it raine this day it doth continue so often for 4. wéeks. Stadius saith, if Iupiter be aspected with Mars, Mercury, or the Sunne at this rising, great tempest is portended at the rising of the great Dogge, and foresheweth Northeast windes, and by-North, corruption of the aire, with the rising of the Etesian windes. The 13 Lucida Coronae. setteth Chronicall: the 23 ye North part of Asellus setteth vespertine, at which time with Ptol. the North-east, and by-East winds blow, as fore-runners of ye Etesian winds, [Page 107] Carda: these winds, as fore-runners of the rising of the Dogge, blow 8 dayes before, with which Stadius agréeth. Some say, if it be faire 3 Sondayes before S. Iames day, corne wil be good: but wet, corne withereth.
The Abstract.
At the full Moone gather flowers and seedes, and let your flowers rather dry in the shade then the Sunne: for the Sunne draweth away their vertue: but to auoid corruption, before you take them away, let the Sunnes heate be vpon them a while. Take heed of suddaine colds, for nothing sooner breedeth the plague: and therefore to drinke being hot is naught. It were vaine to tell good husbands that it is now fit for them to be in medowes, and else where to prouide for Winter. Therefore I will commend this rime to sluggards and idle persons.
August.
THe first of August ye great Dogge riseth Cosmicall. Carda. saith at the rising of this starre all liuing creatures bee troubled, and that it is scarce possible that drynesse and sicknesse should not be. Stadius recounts many more enormities, as troubling of wine in Cellars, Dogges going [Page 108]mad, fluxes of the Seas & waters, death of fishes, with the extremity of heate, especially if Mars or Iupiter be in fiery signes. Diaphanes saith, if at the rising of the great Dogge with the Sunne the Moone be in Aries, it doth presignificate raine and tempest; in Taurus, stormes; in Gemini, pestilence; in Cancer, drynesse; in Leo, burning heat; in Virgo, showers often, with vntimely birth of children; in Libra, great drynesse; in Scorpio, plagues; in Sagittarius or Capricorne, raine and tempest; in Aquarius, drought and sicknesse; in Pisces, raine the insuing yeare: But these Stadius saith be not knowne to him for truths: for he holds them more substantiall that bee taken, Exvarijs commixtionum causis. The 3 day the Eagle setteth Cosmicall, the South-west and bywest windes blowing with great heate. Carda. saith, it raiseth the Etesian windes, which with Ptol. do continue 21 daies: the 8 Regulus riseth Cosmicall, raising North-east, & by-north winds: the 13 day ye great Dogge riseth Heliacall, which limits the beginning of the Grecian yeare, and of this rising be diuers obseruations: if then the heauen bee cloudy and darke, it signifieth a heauy time with plagues, &c. but being faire and cleare, it is good. Also the 13 of August, the Dolphine setteth Cosmicall, bringing raine, and beginning Autumne, according to Ptol. The 24 is S. Bartholomewes day, if the winde change not the following night, the vulgar hold it good. Stadius recounts tempests, with haile, &c. to come from the West, and North-west part, in the end of [Page 109] August, which often doe hurt.
The Abstract.
Reape Wheate and Rye, sow Winter hearbes in the new Moone: stirre land for Wheate and Rye, and about the end of the Moneth downe with Oates, or before, according to the goodnesse of your soile. Looke more in Iuly.
September.
THe first day of this moneth is Criticall, if it do not raine then, the rest of Autumne is like to bee dry: the 12 day Arcturus riseth Cosmicall, raine: and with Ptol. after two dayes Swallowes leaue to be séene. The 13 day is Equinoctiall, windes from West, North-west: the 17 Lucida Coronae riseth Cosmicall, Ptol. windes turne, troubling the seas with winterly weather. So many dayes old the Moone is on Michaelmas day, so many flouds will happen that Winter.
The Abstract.
Cut downe your Lent-tilling, gather the fruits of your trees, conuerting them to vse, as Crabbes for Veriuice, &c. About the middest of the Moneth sow wheat and Rye in cold and strong land, sow winter parsneps, and Carrots, get hyues, &c.
October.
THe 15 day the Dragons Taile setteth vespertine, after this day wee must expect no more warmenesse: and therefore the Germanes call it den Galen Sommer. The 21 the East windes blow: the 26 the left foot of Orion setteth with the 12 degree of Scorpio: causing often great raine: if leaues now hang vpon the trées, some say it portends a cold winter, or many Caterpillers.
The Abstract.
Sow Wheat and Rye, the sooner the better, for feare of raine. The new Moone maketh a fit time to set and remoue yong trees, as the Plum, Peare, Apple, and Bay-tree, to set Nuts, Akornes, &c. & after the full moone gather your winter fruits.
Nouember.
THe 4 or 5 day the Scorpions heart setteth vespertine, which with Astrologers is a Critical day. The 5 day the Dogge setteth bringing southernly wether: the like iudge of Orion, which setteth about this time. The 8 day Succulae or Hyades sets Cosmicall, frost or raine: the 10 the Pleiades set Cosmicall, if then the heauens bee cloudy it denunciates a wet winter: if day, a [Page 111]sharpe winter. Pliny saith: Succularum & Pleiadarum occasum terrâ marique turbidum esse. The 24 Arcturus setteth Heliacall, causing often raine, with Cardanus.
The Abstract.
The time is apt to make Malt, to kill Bacons, to cut Ashes, to sow, if you were too late the last moneth, to set Crabbe-tree stockes, to remoue Trees, as in the last moneth in the increasing of the Moone, but in the wane set beanes, pease, &c. Also now vncouer the rootes of your Apple trees, and so let them rest till March.
December.
THe 6 of December is Dies Nicholai, of which Cardanus thus saith: Proximi septem Dies à. Bruma totidemque ante, raro ventis infestantur: they be called Halcyon dayes. Stadius saith, about the Brumall Solstitiall there doth happen Halcyon or most Tranquill weather: the 26 day the faire starre Arcturus setteth vespertine, and then with Carda. the South winds blow.
Some say, if Christmas day come in the new Moone, it is a token of a good yeare, and so much the better, by how much it is neerer the new Moone, the contrary happeneth in the decrease.
The Abstract.
The time is good to fall timber, to vncouer the roots of Apple-trees, to fallow land for Barley, to set beanes, pease, &c. the wether being not too hard: and now Fowlers be busie with Limetwigges, and other engines to take Fowles. Let a warme fire be thy bathe, the Kitchin thy Apothecaries shop, and good hoat meate thy dyet, to which according to thy ability, inuite thy neighbour. Therefore to conclude,
CHAP. XXXI. Predictions of euery day more particularly.
TO giue you iudgement of the temperature of euery particular day, there must be great care had, and many things obserued, as the quality of the signe, the Lord of the lunation, the quality of the Absids, and of the Planets: for there is no great change of wether vnlesse Saturne, Iupiter, or Mars be aspected: also the méeting of the planets, & mingling of their vertue with the Fixed Starres, whose nature and magnitude are duely to bée obserued: the want, or not obseruing of these, and many other which appertaine to preiudications, cause our ordinary and common Prognosticators so grosly to erre, as I noted in my Almanacke 1608: for as I said there, so must I héere also: Qui non potest in singulos dies de pruina niue [Page 113]grandine &c. Distincte praedicere, huic praedicenti abundantiam aut penuriam frugum, nequaquam fides adhibenda est. Ouer and beside what is said, the aspects of the Planets amongst themselues are most heedfully to be regarded, euen as in the ensuing Table, set in Latine for the more breuity.
☽ | ☿ | ♀ | ☉ | ♂ | ♃ | ||
♄ | Turb. Hum. Hum. rem. cal Neb. pruma Nub. Nix. | Venti pluu. vēti et imber venti Nub. vent. Niuosa | Pluu. & frig. Pluu subita. Pluu. frig. Plu. aut Nix. | Pluu. frig. Grand. toni Plu. frig. nix vel Neb. | Plu. vel tō Ton. gran. Plu vel tur Remis. fri. | Tur. vel hu grand ton vēt vel plu Turbi. | V Ae A Hy |
♃ | AEris Temperam. | Ventos Magnos | Temperam. | Ventos toni fulm. ventos Rmiss. frig | Turb. vent Toni tem. Turb. uent Remis. fri | Veris, AEstatis Autumni Hyemis. | |
♂ | Minuit frigiditatem & humid in sig. cali & ful. in aestate. | Ventos ali quando nubi feros in aesta Toni. | Pluuiam Imbrem pluuiam Remiss.frig. | Venti Sicc. Tonit fulm. Venti Sicc. Remiss. frig | Veris. AEstatis, Autumni Hyemis. | ||
☉ | Alterat aerem pro natura temporis. | Ventos aliquando cum humid, & plu presertim vento fig. | Pluuiam Toni. imbrem pluuiam humiditatem. | Veris, AEstatis, Autumm, Hyemia. | |||
♀ | Hu. vel Nub. Remiss. calor Neb. Turb. Turb. vel Nix | Ventos humidos vel saltem Nubi. | Veris, AEstatis Autumni, Hyemis. | ||||
☿ | Aliquando ventos Nubiferos. | Veris. AEstatis, Autumni, Hyemis, |
Ouer and besides these aspects you must likewise note the mansion that the Moone is in, as in the 24 chapter, so shall you (conferring these things together) produce more substantiall preiudications, but indéed here is no place amply to deliuer such rules yt should bee obserued before (according to Art) you can bee able to giue iudgement of any one day, for I let passe all in resepect of the vnaptnesse of the volume.
CHAP. XXXII. Of the Golden number, Circle of the Sunne, Dominicall letter, and Epact, &c.
THe golden number is a Periodicall reuolution of 19 of our ciuill yeares, in which time the old Phylosophers thought that all the lunations or aspects betwixt the Sun and Moone, returned to the same place they were at 19 yeares before, for in that space the Dragons head made a Periodicall reuolution, but this is not so, for in 19 yeares there is an Anticipation of an houre and a halfe very néere, wanting but 75 seconds, so that looke what coniunction hapned this yeare in Aries at noone, shall fall 19 yeares hence, one houre & halfe before: this Circle is called Decem-nouenalis Circulus, whose parts bee called the golden number: for that it was writ in golden characters in Tables of siluer, and so sent to Rome, or for that they bee written in red or golden leters in the Kalender, and is found thus.
Adde to the yeare of our Lord 1. (for so much was the Prime when Christ was borne) which diuide by 19, the remainder is the Prime or Golden number.
Of the Epact.
THe Epact is nothing else but a number of 11 daies, which the common solar yeare doth excéed the common Lunar yeare, ye one consisting of 365 dayes, the other of 354 daies, and therefore they adde that excesse vnto ye Lunar yeare, to coequal thē, for Epactae with ye Greekes frō [...], which signifieth intercalare, or addere, by the addition of which excesse in euery foure yeares, there is gotten a number more then 30, which is greater then the Epact can bee, because from change to change there can be but 30 dayes: therefore 30 must be taken from that excesse, and the remainder is the Epact for the next yeare, as 1611 the Epact is 26 to which adde 11, so haue you 37, from which take 30, and you haue 7 the Epact 1612.
To get the Epact for euer, doe therefore thus, multiply the Prime by 11, parting the product by 30, so is the remainder the Epact; or as is said, adde 11 to the Epact of this yeare, so haue you ye Epact of the next, or see the age of the Moone ye 11 Calends of Aprill, for that is the number of the Epact.
But because I will ease you of calculation, sée the ensuing Table, which sheweth you in perpetuall [Page 116]the Concordancy betwixt the Prime and ye Epact, so that hauing one, you may find the other answering thereunto, and for your further ease I haue added the yeares of our Lord to it: hauing the yeare of our Lord, vnder it in order you haue the Prime and Epact, and when the yeares in this Table be expired, beginne them againe, placing 1631 where 1612 is, &c. so shall your Table bee perpetuall.
An.Do. | 1615 | 1616 | 1617 | 1618 | 1619 | 1620 | 1621 | 1622 | 1623 | 1624 | 1625 | 1626 | 1627 | 1628 | 1629 | 1630 | 1612 | 1613 | 1614 |
Prime | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 |
Epact | 11 | 22 | 3 | 14 | 25 | 6 | 17 | 28 | 9 | 20 | 1 | 12 | 23 | 4 | 15 | 26 | 7 | 18 | 29 |
Of the Circle of the Sunne, and Dominicall letter, and to find them for euer.
THe Circle of the Sunne, is nothing else but a reuolution of 28 yeares, in which time the Dominical letters make all their seueral changes, & it is called the Circle of the Sunne, not for that it sheweth any motion of the Sunne, but because by meanes thereof the letter Dominicall is alwaies found as we had a circle called Cyclus lunaris, by reason of the office it had, because it was first inuented [Page 117] ad monstrandas lunationes, so this is called the Solar Circle, or rather in English, the Sunday Circle, because it comprehends all the varieties and changes that the Sunday letter can haue, by reason of Byssextile or leap-yeare. In briefe, this Circle is called the Circle of the Sun, because it acquaints you with the Sunday letter, which is the day of the Sunne.
To finde the Circle of the Sunne, either in the old or new Kalender do thus, adde to the yeare of our Lord proposed 9 (for our Sauiour was borne when ye number was 9) which parted by 28 (as by ye number of yeares of the whole circle) so shall the quotient shew you yt number of reuolutions of ye said circle, & the remainder the circle of the Sun.
Of the Dominicall letter.
THe Dominicall letter is alwaies one of these seuen letters ABCDEFG, and doth shew ye Sunday letter, or day of the Sunne all the yeare, vnlesse it be in Byssextile or leap-yeare, for then there be two Dominicall letters, whereof the first of the two in this Table serueth from the beginning of January, to Saint Mathias eue, and the other to the yeares end, but for your more ease behold the ensuing Table, where the Circle of the Sunne and Sunday letter are placed vnder the yeare of our Lord, and when the yeares of this Table be expired, set 1641 where 1612 is, so will your table be perpetuall, if you procéed as before.
Ann. Do. | 1616 | 1617 | 1618 | 1619 | 1620 | 1621 | 1622 | 1623 | 1624 | |
☉ Circle | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | |
Dominicall letter | GF | E | D | C | BA | G | F | E | DC | |
Ann. Do. | 1625 | 1626 | 1627 | 1628 | 1629 | 1630 | 1631 | 1632 | 1633 | |
☉ Circle | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | |
Dominicall letter | B | A | G | FE | D | C | B | AG | F | |
Ann Do. | 1634 | 1635 | 1636 | 1637 | 1638 | 1639 | 1612 | 1613 | 1614 | 1615 |
☉ Circle | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 |
Sunday letter | E | D | CB | A | G | F | ED | C | B | A |
Note if it bee leape-yeare the first of the two letters beginnes the yeare.
Also note the Epact changeth alwaies the first of March, and the Dominicall letter and Prime, &c. the first of January.
Of the Romane indiction.
Wee haue no great vse of this circle in England, it is vsed of the Bishops of Rome in ye instruments and writings of their Pronotations, imitating thereby the old Romanes, though theirs were to another purpose, as to beare account of the payment of trybute: it is a number of 15 yeare, but for that it stands vs to little purpose in [Page 119]England, briefly find it thus.
Adde to the yeare of our Lord 3, and diuide the product by 15, so shall the remainder be the number of the said indiction, and this indiction is counted from September, not from March.
To get the Age, Change, Full, & Quarters of the Moone.
TO find the age of ye Moone you must haue 3 things, as the Epact, the number of moneths from March to your proposed moneth inclusiuely, and the day of the moneth, these thrée summes had, adde them altogether, so haue you ye age of the Moone, but if the summe excéed 30, substract 30, and that which you leaue is the age: this is meant if the moneth, wherein the question was made, haue 31 daies, for hauing lesse you must take away but 29 as oft as you may.
Now if you know the age of the Moone any moneth this yeare, and would know how old she shall bee the same day the next yeare, you must adde to her present age 11, so haue you her age the same day of the moneth the ensuing yeare, and to that age adde 11, so haue you her age the second yeare ensuing, and so infinitely, remembring to reiect 30 as before.
Likewise if you desire to know the age of the Moone in the yeare last past, that is all found by addition, of 19 as before by 11, remembring the reiection of 30.
To finde the new, full, and quarters of the Moone.
MArtin Cortez teacheth rules to find the day of coniunction, but they bee not so true as that of Gemma Frisius, which is thus: adde to the Epact the number of monethes from March to ye proposed moneth, including the said moneth, the which taken from 30, the remainder sheweth the day of the change, but if the summe of addition excéed 30, you were best to substract from 59, so is the remainder the day of the change, in which point Gemma Frisius left vs destitute: the change had, the full Moone is found by the addition of 15 daies, and so by addition of 7 daies and 9 houres, to the new or full Moone, you haue the first or last quarter.
To finde the new or full Moone more exactly by my new Tables.
THese briefe rules that the ancient Astronomers haue taught, and the moderne obseruers corrected, howbeit they were singular in respect of the inuention, yet doe they faile a day at least, especially when the Epact is aboue 26: wherefore you shall haue the day, houre and minute of the change and full Moone set in my Kalender and truely verified till 1630, which by the ensuing rules will serue perpetually, the vse whereof is thus.
Consider if you séeke the change or full Moone, for they haue Primes both in seuerall columnes vpon ye left hand vnder this title Prim. ☌ Prim. ☍ [...] therefore when you know what the Prime is for the proposed yeare, séeke the same in one of the rowes of Primes descending, and note against what day of the Moneth it stands,: for that is the day of the change or full Moone, according to the Prime you tooke: then in the row vnder New or Full Moone is the houre and minute of change, or opposition, noted with this letter A, or P, signifying that it happened before or after noone, according to the letter there placed.
Example.
1612 the Prime is 17, and I desire to know what day & houre the change and full moone shal fall on in August: First therefore for the New Moone, I find the Prime 17, in the row vpon the left hand vnder the title Prim. ☌, which stands against the 16 day of the Moneth, therefore the change was the 16 day: then against 17, vnder the title New Moone, is 11.6. A. which signifieth that the new Moone, which happened the 16 day, was at 11 of the clocke, and 6 minutes before Noone.
Now for the full Moone in August, I seeke the Prime for that proposed yeare, vnder the proper title of Prim. ☍, which you shall finde to stand against the 31 day, and then vnder the title of Full Moone, is 3.49. A, whereby (as before) you may conclude, that the Full Moone in August 1612, will be the 31 day, at 3 of the clocke, and 49 minutes before noone.
And here note, against some Primes you shall finde 16 or 17 houres, or more, with this letter A or P, which signifieth that the Aspect happened so many houres before or after high Noone of the same day.
Now if you would know any of these Aspects after 1630, you must substract 1 houre and 30 minutes from the time of the happening of the Aspect, and when you haue done so 19 yeares, then substract 3 houres, and so forth, alwaies subtracting 1 houre & 30 minuts for euery 19 yeares: hereby will those Tables be made more true perpetually, then any that yet were euer extant.
CHAP. XXXIIII. To finde what signe the Sunne or Moone is in.
TO finde the signe that the Moone is in, Ioan, de Sacro Bosco saith thus: Multiply the age of the Moone by 4, parting the product by 10, so shall the quotient shew you ye number of signes that the Moone is distant from the Sunne: then the ramainder multiplied by 3, noteth to you the degrée of the signe that the Moone is in: Therefore finde the place of the Sunne, as hereafter, and from thence count the signes and degrées before found, and where it ends, is the place of the Moone: but this rule is not precise, and besides, is tedious for the vulgar.
To know what signe the Moone is in by my new Tables.
FOr this purpose there be so many Tables out, and they subiect vnto much errour, that if the Moone do worke in these inferiour bodyes, as Pliny affirmes, lib. 2. chap. 99, or alter the humors thereof according to her place in the Zodiacke, as the learned teach, and experience confirmes: then vaine and vnnecessary be those Tables, that so lead the vulgar into such errours and abuses: for either it is necessary that her true place bee knowne, or needlesse to bee sought: if needlesse, what needeth any obseruation at all? if necessary, how do they beguile them that put trust therein? For the Sheep-heards Kalender, Generall Prognostication, Computation, and such like bookes, suppose the Moone neuer to her slow motion, but when she is in Cancer, Scorpio, or Pisces, which is extreamly false: for you shall perceiue her stay: dayes in the other signes, if you peruse my Tables, as in Aries, Taurus, or Gemini, &c. which their Tables will not allow: which errour is like that of Pliny, lib. 2. chap. 17, saying, that ye Moone entreth not twise in coniunction with the Sun, in any other signe but Gemini, which is not so, as in the yeare 1609, and 1612, in August and September, there bee coniunctions in Virgo, as in Aprill and May 1610 in Taurus. Also hee saith, there is neuer any coniunction of the Sunne and Moone in Sagittarius, the contrary is 1613, in [Page 124] December, and 1614 in Nouember: Therefore to finde what signe the Moone precisely is in euery day in the yeare, till 1630, do thus; Get ye Prime as before, and then resort vnto your Kalender, finding the Moneth, and the Prime in the head of the Table for that moneth: Now descending downe ye Columne, which is vnder your Prime, vntil you come against the day of the moneth, there shall you finde against the said day of the moueth, the true signe that the Moone is in that day.
Example.
1612 the Prime is 17, & I desire to know what signe the Moone is in the 7 day of May; I therefore descend the Columne vnder 17, vntill I come against the 7 day, which stands vpon the left hand the Table, there I finde ♐. I conclude the Moone is then in Sagittarius: then the 8 day in ♑, Capricorne: but the Computation, and the rest of the bookes say, the 8 day in Sagittarius, which is false. Lastly, ouer each of my Tables for the Moone, is placed the nature of the signe she is in.
To know what signe the Sunne is in.
The Degree and Signe that the Sunne is in, stands in the last columne in the former Table, for the place of the Moone vpon the right hand, against the day of the moneth, and vnder this Title ☉ place.
CHAP. XXXV. Of the Eclipses of the Sunne and Moone, and to know when they shall happen, and the quantity of obscuration.
THe Eclipse of the Sunne is nothing else but the conueying of the Moone (which is a darke body) betwixt our sight and the Sunne, insomuch that the Sunne looseth no light, but onely wee are depriued of the same, in respect of the interposition of the Moone; and this neuer happeneth but when the Sunne and Moone be in a visible coniunction: for you haue your meane, true and visible coniunction, the which true and visible coniunction alwaies happen together when the Sunne and Moone haue no paralax, which is when they bee in coniunction in the 90 degrée: s [...] that the further the true coniunction is from the 90 degrée, the greater is the difference of these two coniunctions: so that you can haue no eclipse of the Sunne, but when the visible coniunction is néere the Nodes.
Now all eclipses of the Sunne beeither totall without duration, which happeneth when the Moone hath no apparent latitude at the time of ye visible coniunction, or partiall, which duration, may happen thrée manner of waies: First, when the diameter is only darkened as when the apparent latitude of ye Moone is equal to her apparent semidiameter. Secondly, when there is more then his semidiameter darkened, as when the [Page 126]Moones apparent latitude is lesse then her apparent semidiameter: And lastly, when there is lesse then the Sunnes diameter darkened, as when the apparent latitude of the Moone is greater then her apparent semidiameter; and you shall know if the apparent latitude of the Moone excéede 34 minutes, 51 seconds, the Sunne cannot be any thing eclipsed, and the greatest eclipse the Sunne can suffer, is when he is in the Auge of his Eccentricke, and in his greatest eccentricity, and the Moone in her opposite Auge, whereby such places that bee sytuate within the compasse of the Moones shadow, may loose the whele light of the Sunne, the diameter whereof doth containe 280 of our English miles, or thereabouts. Further it may so fall out, that you shall see the whole body of the Moone within the compasse of the Sunne, the Sunne séeming to loose his light in the very middest, and about the same will appeare a narrow shining circle, of thrée quarters of an inch in bredth, which happeneth when the Moone is in her Auge, and the Sunne in his least eccentricity, and in oppost Auge: but this discourse is not fit for this volume, therefore to the matter.
To finde the Eclipse of the Sunne.
You must know that the body of the Sunne is supposed to be diuided into 12 Digits, and that hée is neuer eclipsed but at the new Moone: therefore finde the new Moone, as you bee taught before, & then in the row vpon your left hand, vnder the title Digits ☉, sée if there stand any figure against [Page 127]the same, for then may you conclude the Sunne to be Eclipsed, the same houre that ye new Moone happens, and that there be so many parts of his body darkened, as the figures vuder Digits ☉ expresse.
Example.
1612. In May I finde the new Moone to happen the 20 day, at 5 of the clocke, and 43 min. before Noone: then against the same, vnder Digits ☉, stands 8/12, therefore I conclude that the Sun shall be eclips [...] at that houre, 8 parts and a halfe, and if there [...]ad stood such a marke as this (●) he had bene eclipsed, though not visible in our Horizon.
After the same order may you finde what e [...]ipses happen any day of any moneth for any yeare to come, or thus: séeke vnder the title of Digits ☉ what figures stand there, and what Primes answere thereunto, then finde the said Primes in the little Table before, and ouer the head thereof is the yeare of our Lord God.
Of the Eclypses of the Moone.
To speake properly of an Eclypse, it is an obscuration of light in the Sunne, and a defection of the Moone: for the Moone is a darke and grosse body, hauing no light but such that thee receineth of the Sunne, whereby she is neuer eclipsed, but at such time that the earth is betwixt the Sun & her, which chanceth thee béeing at the full diametricall opposite to the Sunne, and some what néere to the head or taile of the Dragon: But these Eclipses of the Moone for diuers causes, be not alwaies after one manner, as first by reason of her [Page 128]vnequall latitude, which sometime is nothing at all, whereby the eclipse is greater in magnitude, and longer in duration. Another time her latitude is so great, that thee falleth but a little within the shadow of ye earth, loosing but a little light: & sometime she commeth not in the shadow of the earth, and then is not eclipsed: for it is generall, that when the Moones latitude, at a true Opposition, is lesser then the semidiameter of the shadow, and the Moones body both, being set together, that the Moone will be eclipsed, and the more those semidiameters exceed the latitude, the greater is the Eclipse.
Againe, these Eclipses differ in respect of the vnequall thicknesse of the shadow of the earth: for the body of the Sunne (as is said) is greater then the body of the Earth: and therefore the shadow cannot be Cylindricall, or Calathoidall, but onely Conicall, rising beyond the earth, and ending in a point: but for all these and many other causes of the variety of lunar Eclipses, yet we may reduce them for breuities sake, into two principall heads, as Totall and Partile: the Totall is two-sold, as either without continuance of time, loofing all her light but for an instant, because the semidiameter of the earth is as great as the Moones latitude, and her semidiameter: or totall with continuance, loosing all her light for a certaine space, because the semidiameter of the shadow of the earth, in the place of the Eclipse, exceedeth the latitude of the Moone, and her bodily somidiameter.
The Partile Eclipse of ye Moone is when part if the body of the Moone is darkened, whereof there be 3 sorts: first when halfe her diameter is darkened, happening when the latitude of the Moone is equall to the semidiameter of the earths shadow: next when lesse then the semidiameter is darkened, happening when her latitude is more then the semidiameter of ye earths shadow. Thirdly, when more then the Moones semidiameter is obscured, which cometh to passe when the latitude of the Moone is lesse then the semidiameter of the earths shadow.
Of the parts of the Moone Eclipsed.
Like as the body of the Sun, so also the body of ye Moone is imagined to bee diuided into 12 parts, because their diameters appeare as a foot long, so that we say they bee eclipsed so many digits or fingers, but for the Moone by reason of the thicknesse of the shadow of the earth, she may be eclipsed 23 Digits: but I should proue ouer-tedious amply to discourse of these matters: therefore find out her eclipse thus:
To finde the Moones Eclipse.
Finde (as before) at what houre, and what day of the moneth any full Moone happeneth, and there finde the eclipse of the moone, as you did that of the Sunne, remembring alwaies to séeke the moones eclipse vnder the Title Full Moone, and her Eclipse, and the Digits, or parts of her body eclipsed in the row vpon the right hand, vnder Digits ☽, remembring what is said of the Sunne. This is casie.
CHAP. XXXVI.
Moneths | Dayes | Breake of day. | Sunne rising | Length of day | Length of night | Sunne setting | Twylight. | ||||||
H: | M: | H: | M: | H: | M: | H: | M: | H: | M: | H: | M: | ||
Ianu. | 1 | 3 | 54 | 8 | 0 | 8 | 0 | 16 | 0 | 4 | 0 | 6 | 0 |
10 | 5 | 44 | 7 | 19 | 8 | 21 | 15 | 39 | 4 | 11 | 6 | 16 | |
20 | 5 | 37 | 7 | 34 | 8 | 52 | 15 | 8 | 4 | 26 | 6 | 23 | |
Febr. | 1 | 5 | 15 | 7 | 13 | 0 | 24 | 14 | 16 | 4 | 45 | 6 | 47 |
10 | 5 | 0 | 6 | 56 | 10 | 8 | 13 | 52 | 5 | 4 | 7 | 0 | |
20 | 4 | 50 | 6 | 36 | 10 | 47 | 13 | 13 | 5 | 24 | 7 | 10 | |
March | 1 | 4 | 20 | 6 | 19 | 11 | 22 | 12 | 38 | 5 | 41 | 7 | 40 |
10 | 4 | 0 | 6 | 1 | 11 | 58 | 12 | 2 | 5 | 59 | 8 | 0 | |
20 | 3 | 40 | 5 | 45 | 12 | 37 | 11 | 23 | 6 | 19 | 8 | 22 | |
Aprill | 1 | 3 | 8 | 5 | 18 | 13 | 23 | 10 | 37 | 6 | 42 | 8 | 52 |
10 | 2 | 40 | 5 | 1 | 13 | 57 | 10 | 3 | 6 | 59 | 9 | 20 | |
20 | 2 | 10 | 4 | 43 | 14 | 33 | 9 | 27 | 7 | 17 | 9 | 50 | |
May | 1 | 1 | 30 | 4 | 25 | 15 | 9 | 8 | 51 | 7 | 3 [...] | 10 | 30 |
10 | 0 | 30 | 4 | 22 | 15 | 35 | 8 | 25 | 7 | 48 | 11 | 30 | |
20 | Al day | 4 | 0 | 15 | 59 | 8 | 1 | 8 | 0 | no night | |||
Iune | 1 | and no darke night. | 3 | 51 | 16 | 17 | 7 | 43 | 8 | 9 | but conunuall twylight | ||
10 | 3 | 48 | 16 | 23 | 7 | 37 | 8 | 12 | |||||
20 | 3 | 51 | 16 | 17 | 7 | 43 | 8 | 9 | |||||
Iuly | 1 | 4 | 0 | 15 | 59 | 8 | 0 | 8 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||
10 | 1 | 30 | 4 | 25 | 15 | 9 | 8 | 51 | 7 | 35 | 10 | 30 | |
20 | 2 | 10 | 4 | 43 | 14 | 33 | 9 | 27 | 7 | 27 | 9 | 50 | |
Aug. | 1 | 2 | 10 | 4 | 43 | 14 | 33 | 9 | 27 | 7 | 17 | 9 | 50 |
10 | 2 | 40 | 5 | 1 | 13 | 57 | 10 | 3 | 6 | 59 | 9 | 20 | |
20 | 3 | 8 | 5 | 18 | 13 | 23 | 10 | 37 | 6 | 41 | 8 | 52 | |
Sept. | 1 | 3 | 40 | 5 | 41 | 12 | 37 | 11 | 23 | 6 | 19 | 8 | 20 |
10 | 4 | 0 | 6 | 1 | 11 | 58 | 11 | 2 | 5 | 59 | 8 | 0 | |
10 | 4 | 2 | 06 | 10 | 11 | 22 | 12 | 38 | 5 | 41 | 7 | 40 | |
Octo. | 1 | 4 | 50 | 6 | 26 | 10 | 47 | 13 | 13 | 5 | 24 | 7 | 10 |
10 | 5 | 0 | 6 | 56 | 10 | 8 | 13 | 52 | 5 | 4 | 7 | 0 | |
20 | [...] | 15 | 7 | 13 | 9 | 34 | 14 | 26 | 4 | 47 | 6 | 45 | |
Noue. | 1 | 5 | 35 | 7 | 34 | 8 | 52 | 15 | 8 | 4 | 26 | 6 | 25 |
10 | 5 | 44 | 7 | 49 | 8 | 21 | 15 | 39 | 4 | 16 | 6 | 16 | |
20 | 5 | 54 | 8 | 0 | 8 | 0 | 16 | 0 | 4 | 0 [...] | 6 | 6 | |
Dece, | [...] | 5 | 58 | 8 | 10 | 7 | 40 | 16 | 20 | 3 | 50 | 0 | 2 |
[...] | 6 | 0 | 8 | 11 | 7 | 34 | 16 | 23 | 3 | 59 | 6 | 0 | |
[...] | 5 | 54 | 8 | 0 | 8 | 0 | 16 | 0 | 4 | 0 | 6 | 6 |
The vse of the former Table.
IF you would know at what houre the day breake, the Sunne rise and set, and how long the daies and nights be, and when twi-light ends, do thus:
In the first row vpon your left hand, finde your moneth, and in ye next row rightwards the day of the moneth, which are placed against the moneth three times, thus: 1, 10, 20, and when you want the iust day, take the neerest, for it will serue precise enough: The day of the moneth thus found, proceed rightward against the said day, so shall you see the houre and minute of all the foresaid vnder their proper Titles, and against the said day of the moneth. As the 20 day of August the day breaketh at three of the clocke and 8 minutes, the Sunne riseth at 5 and 18 minutes, the length of the day is 13 houres, and 23 minutes, and so proceed forth.
To finde the houre of the day.
MVltiply the signe of the Sunnes Altitude (taken instrumentally) by the signe of the semidiurnall Arke, diuiding the product by the signe of the Sunnes Meridian altitude, reseruing then the quotient, séeke the arke answering to the same, as you be taught in the'seuenth booke of my Staffe, called Trigonometria, the which arke conuert into houres, as you be also taught in the said [Page 132]seuenth booke: so haue you the number of houres from Sunne rising, if your obseruations were before noone, or the distance from Sun set, if they were in the afternoone.
Otherwise.
In the ensuing Scheme finde the degree that the Sun is in, in the lowerend thereof, and in the side B A finde the altitude of the Sun, then note where the line passing by the degree of the Sunne paralell to B A, intersects with the line running from the altitude of the Sunne, and paralell to D A, or C B: for the houre-line passing by that intersection is the houre of the day.
Example.
The 21 of Aprill 1612 the Sunne is in the 10 degree of 8, and 30 degrees high, the paralels issuing from which two places, intersect at E, and the houre-line passing by is marked with 8, and 4, so that if your obseruations were before noone, it had beene 8, if after noone 4 of the clocke.
By this means the degree the Sunne is in, and the houre of the day giuen, you may find his altitude the same houre, and contrary: also hereby you may finde the rising and setting of the Sun, &c. and many other pretty conclusions which the ingenious will soone know, and I for breuities take omit.
The Meridian Line.
South Signes
Capricorne
Scorpius
Pisces
Aquarius
Libra
North Signes
Aries
Virgo
Taurus
CAAP. XXXVII. To know how long the Moone shineth, when she riseth and setteth, with the cause of her lesse or greater light.
THe Moone hath no light but what shee receiueth of the Sunne, being a darke and grosse body, as is well manifested in the time of her eclipse, and though the vulgar thinke shee is now partly lightned, and now totall, the imagination is méere false, for she alwaies retaines one & the selfe same quantity of light at her quarters & other aspects, as at the full: for shee is a round Globe, and that part of the globious body that beholdeth the Sunne is alwayes lightened: so that when she is neere the Sunne, the lightned halfe is auerted and turned from vs respectiuely to the Sunne because she commeth more and more vnder the Sunne, receiuing thereby light vpon her vppermost part, which beholdeth the Sunne, and therefore the further she is from the Sunne, the greater is her light, and to know how long shee shineth, do thus:
All the time of her increase multiply her age by 4, but in the decrease, or after the full, see what her age wanteth of 30, the which also multiply by 4, and make partition by 5, the quotient sheweth the number of houres shee shineth after Sun-set, or before his rising. Lastly, the remaineder multiplied by 12 sheweth the minutes to bee added: for alwaies whilest she doth increase, shee [Page 135]followeth the Sunne, and shineth after Sun-set, her lightned part looking into the West: but decreasing she goeth before the Sunne, and shineth before his rising, her lightned part looking into the East.
To know when the Moone riseth and setteth.
This rule, in respect of the manifold motions of the Moone, but chiefly in respect of her latitude, is not alwaies so precise, they may serue for a shift, and sometime is precise.
Note therefore the length of her shining, as before, and also note if it be in the increase or decrease of the Moone, and then for either worke thus:
All the increase to the houre of Sun rising, adde the quantity of her shining, so haue you her rising: the same quantity adde to the time of Sun-setting, so also haue you her setting.
But after the full, take the quantity of her shining from ye Sun rising, & you haue her rising: the same also taken from Sun-setting, sheweth the time of her setting, and if substraction cannot bee made, borrow 12.
But for such that cannot finde the quantity of her shining Arithmeticall, let them enter the ensuing Table with her age, finding the same in one of the rowes descending, or ascending, in the first columne vpon the left hand, answering to which in the next columne vnder the title, The Moones comming to South, shall you finde the houre and minute of her shining: then for her rising and setting, worke as before.
CHAP. XXXVII. A Table to know the houre of the night by the Moone her comming to the South, the quantity of her shining, and full sea through England.
The ☽ Age for her shining. | The Moones comming to south. | The Mooues Age. | High water at | ||||||||||
London Timot. Hartlepol | Bristow. | Grauesend | Barwicke Ost-end. | ||||||||||
D | D | H | M | D | D | H | M | H | M | H | M | H | M |
1 | 29 | 12 | 48 | 1 | 16 | 3 | 48 | 7 | 33 | 2 | 18 | 4 | 33 |
2 | 28 | 1 | 36 | 2 | 17 | 4 | 36 | 8 | 21 | 3 | 6 | 5 | 21 |
3 | 27 | 2 | 24 | 3 | 18 | 5 | 24 | 9 | 9 | 3 | 54 | 6 | 9 |
4 | 26 | 3 | 12 | 4 | 19 | 6 | 12 | 9 | 57 | 4 | 42 | 6 | 57 |
5 | 25 | 4 | 0 | 5 | 20 | 7 | 0 | 10 | 45 | 5 | 30 | 7 | 45 |
6 | 24 | 4 | 48 | 6 | 21 | 7 | 48 | 11 | 33 | 6 | 18 | 8 | 33 |
7 | 23 | 5 | 36 | 7 | 22 | 8 | 36 | 12 | 21 | 7 | 6 | 9 | 21 |
8 | 22 | 6 | 24 | 8 | 23 | 9 | 24 | 1 | 9 | 7 | 54 | 10 | 9 |
9 | 21 | 7 | 12 | 9 | 24 | 10 | 12 | 1 | 57 | 8 | 42 | 10 | 57 |
10 | 20 | 8 | 0 | 10 | 25 | 11 | 0 | 2 | 45 | 9 | 30 | 11 | 45 |
11 | 19 | 8 | 48 | 11 | 26 | 11 | 48 | 3 | 33 | 10 | 18 | 12 | 33 |
12 | 18 | 9 | 36 | 12 | 27 | 12 | 36 | 4 | 21 | 11 | 6 | 1 | 21 |
13 | 17 | 10 | 24 | 13 | 28 | 1 | 24 | 5 | 9 | 11 | 54 | 2 | 9 |
14 | 16 | 11 | 12 | 14 | 29 | 2 | 12 | 5 | 57 | 12 | 42 | 2 | 57 |
15 | 15 | 12 | 0 | 15 | 30 | 3 | 0 | 6 | 45 | 1 | 30 | 3 | 45 |
Note that the houre of the Moones comming to the South is the time of full Sea at South-hampton, Quindborow, and Portsmouth. |
Against the age of the Moone in the third row, haue you the time of the full sea in any of the Hauens vpon the right hand: and if you desire to know the high water or time of the Tide in any other Hauen in England, you must adde the houres and minutes placed by the name of each Hauen vnto the houre of the Moones comming to the South: as the Moone being three dates old, commeth to the South at two of the clocke, and 24 minutes: then if you desire the high water at Redban, you must adde 45 minutes more, so haue you 3 of the clocke and 9 minutes.
For the high water at Redban or Aberden adde 45 minutes, for Dundee, S. Andrewes, Silly, 2 houres 15 minutes: for Frith, Leith, Dunbar, 4 houres, 30 minuts: For Flamot 5 houres 15 minutes: for Foy, Lyn, Humber, Waymouth, Dertmouth, Plimouth, 6 houres: For Milford, Bridgewater, 7 houres 30 minutes: For Portland, Peterport, 8 houres 15 minutes: For Orkenpoole, Orwell, 9 houres, Diep, Lux, Lenoys, 9 houres, 45 min. For Bolein, Douer, Harwich, Yarmouth, 10 houres 30 minutes: For Callice, Rye, and Winchelsy, 11 houres, 15 minutes.
To know at what time the Moone will bee full South any day in the yeare.
Seeke her Age in the third Columne, answering to which in the second columne is the houre of her comming to the South, and note all the increase shee commeth to the South after Noone, [Page 138]that is, vntill she be 15 dayes old, and all the decrease she commeth to the South in the morning.
To know what of the clocke it is in the night by the Moone.
Looke vpon any Sun-dyall, and see what of clocke it is by the shadow of the Moone (as you doe by the Sunne) noting how much it wants or is past 12 of the clacke: for so much it wants or is past the houre of her comming to the South that day, which houre you bée taught in the last note to finde.
Example.
Vpon a certaine day I looked in a Sunne-dyall and found the shadow of the Moone to point at 10 of the clocke, which wanted two houres of 12, the same day I also found her age 9 dayes, and thereby her cōming to the South was at 7 houres and 12 minutes, therefore it wanted 2 houres of the same: so that it must be 5 of the clocke and 12 minutes past: or if the same day the shadow had beene at 2 after noone, it had beene 2 houres past 7, and 12 minutes, to wit, 9 and 12 minutes: So of the rest.
CHAP. XXXVIII. Astronomicall Elections for physicke and Chirurgery, depending vpon the place, and course of the Moone.
IF thy body be filled with naughty and superfluous humors, then were it connenient for thee [Page 139]to draw bloud, so the heauens consent thereunto, and thy age agree therewith; which being not circumspectly weighed, it may be most dangerous to the Patient (of which no vnderstanding man is ignorant) but when necessity vrgeth, as for the Pestilence, Plurisie, Phrenzy, &c. then, though the Heauens deny, yet a veine is spcédily to bee opened, ad aegri salutem. This considered of medicines some be purgatiue, some comfortiue and others in the meane betwixt both. Medicines purgatiue be either Soluendo or Leniendo: In the first the Moone must be in Cancer, Scorpio, or Pisces. For the other the moone must bee taken when she worketh more in moistnesse then drynesse, being in a △ or * with Mars; and you must take beed in the houre of giuing the medicine lest the Moone haue any aspect with Saturne: for he congeales the humors, making the medicine worke little: likewise let her bée frée from any aspect with Iupiter: for hee is the giuer of life, the helper and comforter of the vertues: so that the medicine can but weakly expell the humors, making the body affected with an euill quality. Further, in all purgatiue medicines obserue the insuing Rules.
- The ☽ in S in ⚹ or △ with ♀, Purge choler ♀ not cōbust, With elelectuaries.
- The ☽ in S in ⚹ or △ with ☉, Purge phlegme. With elelectuaries.
- The ☽ in S in ⚹ or △ with ♃, Purge the Melancholy. With elelectuaries.
- The ☽ in ♏ in ⚹ or △ with ♀, Purge yt cholerick ♀ non vsta With Potions.
- The ☽ in ♏ in ⚹ or △ with ☉, Purge the Plegmatick With Potions.
- The ☽ in ♏ in ⚹ or △ with ♃, Purge the melancholy. With Potions.
- [Page 140]The ☽ in ♓ in ⚹ or △ with ♀, Purge ye cholericke ♀ non vsta, With Pils.
- The ☽ in ♓ in ⚹ or △ with ☉, Purge the Phlegmaticke. With Pils.
- The ☽ in ♓ in ⚹ or △ with ♃, Purge the Melancholy. With Pils.
- The ☽ in ♎ or ♒ in ⚹ or △ with ♀, Purge yt cholerick vt suprà with any kinde of medicine.
- The ☽ in ♎ or ♒ in ⚹ or △ with ☉, Purge the Phlegmaticke. with any kinde of medicine.
- The ☽ in ♎ or ♒ in ⚹ or △ with ♃, Purge the Melancholy. with any kinde of medicine.
But let not the Moone be in any of the signes that chaw the Cud, as ♈, ♉, ♑, for then the medicine will stay but a little with the patient, causing him to vomit, vnlesse you intend to purge by vomiting. Also in purging the melancholy let not Saturne haue domunon, nor Iupiter in purging the sanguine, or the liner; nor Mars the cholericke, bitter sweats, &c. nor Luna the head, nor Mercury in purging the lungs.
How the vertues be corroborated.
The vertues be either Vitall, Animall, or Naturall; the Vitall vertues remaine in the heart, the Animall in the braine, and the Naturall in the liuer; the Vitall vertues are gouerned of Sol and Iupiter, the Animal of Luna, Mercury and Venus, and the Naturall of Ioue and Venus.
Other vertues be also gouerned of the planets, as the vertue Attactiue is governed of Sol, the Disgestiue of Ioue, the Retentiue of Saturne, and the Expulsiue of Luna.
Also the signes thus gouerne the vertues, Aries and Sagitarius ruleth the Atractiue, Gemini and Libra the Disgestiue, Taurus and Virgo the Retentiue, and Cancer and Pisces the Expulsiue.
Also the vertues be ruled by the planess thus: Sol the well-spring of the vertues Vitall, Luna of the vertues Animall, Saturne of the Receptiue, Iupiter of the Augmentatiue, Mars of the Attractiue, Venus of the Appetitiue, and Mercury of the Imaginatiue: Therefore when you would fortifie any of these vertues, fortifie the planet signifying the same, and it is done.
Rules for drawing of bloud.
In letting of bloud you must know what persons are fit to bléed, and what not; and if they bée fit, how it is with the Patient inwardly, for his complection and age, and outwardly for the time of the yeare, time of the moneth, day and diet.
For Complection.
For the Phlegmaticke let the Moone be in Aries or Sagittarius when you draw bloud. For the Melancholy in Libra or Aquarius. For the Cholericke in Cancer or Pisces: and for the Sanguine in any of the aforesaid: Luna signum membrum dominans peragrante.
For age let bloud.
For the time of yeare.
The Spring is best, Haruest in different, the [Page 142]rest of the yeare had, and to be vsed but vpon necessity.
For the time of Moneth.
Let not bloud thrée dayes before and after the change, the day before and after the Coniunction of Luna and Saturne; the like of the Coniunction of Luna and Mars. Let not bloud Venus and Luna in Coniunction, while Venus is combust.
Let not bloud the day before and after the full Moone: the like obserue ye Moone in Coniunction with Saturne or Mars.
The Moone in any aspect with Iupiter or Venus, or in ⚹ or △ with Sol or Mars, produce a fit tune to let bloud.
The time of day.
The morning fasting is best, or in the euening after perfect disgestion, prouided the aire be temperate, and the wind not South.
Such persons that bee not fit to bleed, be they that he vnder 14 yeares, or more then 56 yeares old, or such that be exceeding fat, or very leane.
And after bleeding vse no violent exercise, no sleeping, venery, or gluttony.
Meats good for the whole body, and of a Sanguine Iuyce.
Grapes Raisons, and Figges bée good before meate, morning milke drunke fasting. Pullets, Pigeons, Capenets, Veale sucking yong Porke, Béefe not aboue three yeares old, Rice with Almond milke, Birds of the field, greene Geese, Henne-egges new poched, not hard, Feasants, [Page 143]Partriges, and Fishes of stony riuers.
Meate good to beget choler, and dry vp watery phlegme.
These ensuing vsed moderately, be very good for that purpose, else they burne and inflame: that is, swéet meates, Garlicke, Onions, Hony, Pepper, Rocket, Léeks, old Wine measurably drunke.
Meate good to temper Choler, and to asswage heate with moistnesse.
New Cheese, Rapes, Lambes, Cowcumbers, all great fish, Lungs, Braines, inward parts of Beasts, and meares full of sinewes.
Meate good to beget melancholy, and to mitigate heat with coldnesse.
Béefe, Hares-flesh, Brawne, salt meate, Fish, or flesh, old Chéese, hard Egges, Apples vnripe, thicke wines, vnleuened bread, Milke much sodden, Shell-fishes, Browne bread, Fennell and Basill.
Things good for many parts, and first good for the Head.
Galingall, Marioram, Rosemary, Roses, Hysop, Camomell, Rue, and Frankincence.
Good for the Heart.
Cinnamon, Saffron, Cloues, mace, Buglosse, Burrage, Setuall, Rosemary, Mariorom, Muske and Nutmegs.
Good for the Stomacke.
Quinces, Nutmegs, Saffron, Wormewood, [Page 144]Corrall, Minte, Cloues, and Coriander prepared.
Good for the Eyes.
Fennell, Veruen, Cloues, Cold water, Celendine, Eye, bright.
Good for the Liuer.
Lettice, Liuer-wort, Violets, Rose-water, Plantan, Fennell, and Cloues.
Good for the Lungs
Licoris, Raisons, Ahmonds, Dates, Lungwort and pennidice.
Rules of Bathing.
Bathes be vsed for the cause of health or cleanlinesse, for cleanlinesse take the Moone in Libra or Pisces, in Sextile or Trine with Venus.
Being vsed for health, consider if she sicknesse proceed of drynesse or moistnesse.
If of moistnesse, take the Moone in Aries, Leo, or Sagitarius, in Sextill or Trine with Sol or Mars.
If of drynesse, let the Moone bee in Cancer, Scorpio or Pisces, aspected as before with Jupiter or Venus.
Elections for Ablactation, or weaning of Children.
For delicatenesse take the Moone in Gemini, Virgo, Libra, or the first halfe of Sagittarius, well aspected with Venus. That they may be couetous the Moone must be in Leo, aspected with Mars.
To be good husbands, and bufie in the commodities of the earth take the Moone in Taurus, Virgo, [Page 145]and Capricorne, well affected with Mars.
The Moone without Aspect, and furthest from the Sunne, maketh them forget the Nurse.
Elections for Husbandry.
Before you plant or graft consider the winde, for if it bee in the North or East cease thy labour. This foreknowne plant or graft generall, the Moone increasing in Taurus or Aquarius.
Remoue and set yong trees in the last quarter, the Moone in Taurus or Capricorne, in September, October, Nouember, and February.
Sow all kinde of Corne, the Moone increasing in Cancer.
Set or sow all kinde of séeds, the Moone well seated in Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Virgo, Libra, Capricorne, Aquarius or Pisces, but with this prouiso, that your seeds, whose rootes be round, be sowen three or foure dayes before or after the full moone; but for store take the increase from February to Iune.
Gather fruits at the full, &c.
Fell Coppice in the first quarter, sheare shéepe in the increase, and then cut haire to make it grow fast and thicke.
Cut vines in February, March, or September, the Moone increasing in Aries, Libra, or Scorpio.
Libbe or geld cattell the Moone increasing, in Aries, Sagittarius, or Capricorne.
Mucke your land, that the weedes may not grow thereby, in the decreasing.
CHAP. XXXIX. Of the moueable Feasts, and diuersities of Easter, with the reason of our difference and the Romanes.
HAuing spoken of the changes of the Moone, &c. It followeth to speake of the moueable Feasts, because they depend thereon, and haue no fixed place in the Kalender, being sixe in number, to wit, Septuagesima, Quadragesima, Easter, Rogation Sunday, Ascension, and Whitsunday.
Septuagesima is so called of 70, as it were containing 70 dayes, which the Church doth obserue in remembrance of the 70 yeares that the children of Israëll were vnder the Babylonicall seruitude, and is alwayes three Sundayes before Quadragesima.
Quadragesima is simply said of 40, as containing 40 daies, which the Church recounts in remembrance of the 40 daies that Moses fasted, when he receiued the Lawes of our Lord, Elias fasted so many daies, & so many daies fasted Christ before the tempter came; and because the actions of Christ should be instructions to vs, therefore we should endeuour to fast so many daies.
Easter is the principall of all other Feasts and so ordained by God at first, and at this day there bee three sorts, that is, Pascha Hebraeorum, the Iewes Easter, Pascha Verum, our Easter, and Pascha Nouum, the Romanes Easter.
The Iewes Easter was commanded to be kept the 14 day of the first moneth, called Abib, which day at Euen was the Lords Passouer, and the 15 day should be the holy Conuocation, as you may see, Exod. chap. 12. verse 18. Leuit. 23.5. Deut. 16.1. Numb. 28.16. Esdras. 7.10. And this 15 day is taken for the first day after the first full Moone, happening after the Spring Equinoctial: which institution the Iewes altered, holding a superstitious opinion of daies, and thereby would not keepe their Easter vpon a Munday, Wednesday, or Friday, breaking thereby the commandedament of God like stiffe-necked people, as in the 2 booke of the Kings. chap. 23. v. 22.
Our Easter was ordained 322 yeares after the Incarnation: for Constantinus Magnus noting the errors risen amongst the congregation of the Christians & the many contentions that continually rose after the Apostles time about the celebration of Easter, assembled from all Nations; 18 Bishops & other learned, as wel Greeks as Latins & AEgyptians, such that could withall well determine of the motions of ye celestial bodies: Amōgst whom was Eusebius, Bishop of Caesaria chiefe, being an excellent Mathematitian, and hee kept them there two yeares vpon his owne cost and charges, and so 323 after the Incarnation there was a new Decemnouall, or Golden Number instituted, differing from that the Romanes then vsed, which made it the longer before they would consent vnto it: for by this new Circle Easter should be celebrated vpon the Sunday next [Page 148]following the first fuil Moone that should happen after the entrance of the Sunne into Aries, and this new institution continued not passing seauen yeares after the Nicene Councell: for in 330 there fell differences betwixt the Romanes and the Greekes about the same, which continued neers 200 yeares: and then in the time of Iustinianus the Emperour, Dionysius Abbas, a worthy Romane, Anno 527, began to draw Paschall Tables, and Rules Ecclesiasticall, according as it was ordained at the former Councell, which he finished Anno 532, and then at a Counceil at Calcedon it was established, that whosoeuer held any other Easter then that after the statutes of Rome, should ber counted an hereticke, and therefore till 1582, no man durst presume to alter the Easter, though they saw the Equinoctium still flye backwards from the 21 of March, insomuch that it is now about the 11, day, by reason of which anticipation sometimes there happens two full Moones before wee can keepe our Easter, which was a cause the Romanes altered their Kalender, and thereby is there 28 daies difference sometimes betwixt vs and them, as in Anno 1557, 60, 71, 84. and 87, also there may happen 35 dayes, as in Anno 1565, 68, 76, 79, in all which yeares there happens two full moones betwixt our Easter, and the Spring Equinoctiall, so did it 1595, and farre more late, as 1603, and so shall it 1622, the which inconuenience the Romanes finding, reformed their Paschall Tables, whereby they produce Easter alwayes the Sunday [Page 149]following the first full moone, according to the foresaid first generall Councell held at Nice in Pontus 322 yeares after the Incarnation: But now whether it be best for vs to alter our Tables and Kalender according to that Councell, I will not presume to argue: if some say all Christians vsed this wee doe 1055 yeares, I answere, the Nicene Councel made no respect of the smal want that the day in cucry Leape yeare wanted of 24 houres, being but 47 minutes, 12 seconds, as in the 21 Chapter: but since there is passed 1289 yeares this present yeare 1611. whereby the Equinoctiall is gone before the 21 of March (as it was then obserued) 10 dayes, and this is the cause of the difference betwixt vs and the Romanes, whereby the Astronomers are forced in their Registers to distinguish thus betwixt vs and them, Annus Nouus & Vetus, and so of the Kalender, and of Easter, and the other moueable feasts, as before, but this volume is too short for an ample discourse.
Now Easter hath diuers names, according vnto the diuersity of Nations, with the Hebrewes it is called Pascha, with the Greekes, Basis, and with the Latines Transitus, with vs Easter.
Rogation Sunday is so called, because nos rogat Ecclesia, the Church commanded vs to contiune fasting, processions, and praiers as well against the bodily Woolues, such as late were in [...]tance, as also against the spirituall Woolues.
Pentecoste is so called from [...], which [Page 150]is Quinquagesimus, because there be 50 dayes betwixt Easter and Whitsunday inclustuely, and this time the Church doth obserue in remēbrance of the Law giuen vnto Moses in the burning mount, as also in memoriall of the Holy Ghost, that appeared to the Apostles like clouen tongues as you may read Acts 2.1.
And these be called moueable Feasts for that they haue not any fixed place in the Kalender, by reason of the celebration of Easter, whereupon the finding of all the rest depend.
CHAP. XL. To finde all the moueable Feasts for cuer according to our English Kalender.
ENter this Table seeking the Golden Number in the first row descending vpon the left hand, which hauing found, proceed directly vnto the right hand, vntill you comme vnder the Dominicall letter for the proposed yeare: so shall the number in the common angle shew you the number of wēeks of Interuallum Minus, and the number iust ouer the Dominical Letter, are odde daies to be added, which is the distance of weeks and dayes betwixt the birth of our Lord, and Quinquagesima, or Esto mihi, which is Shroue-sunday.
Prim | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 |
A | B | C | D | E | F | G | |
1 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 7 | 7 | 7 |
2 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 |
3 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 8 | 8 |
4 | 8 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 |
5 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
6 | 9 | 9 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 |
7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 6 | 6 |
8 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 |
9 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 7 |
10 | 7 | 7 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 |
11 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 |
12 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 |
13 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 5 |
14 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 8 | 8 | 6 |
15 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 |
16 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
17 | 9 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 |
18 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 6 | 6 |
19 | 10 | 10 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 |
Example.
1613. The Golden number is 18, and the Dominicall letter is C, finding therefore 18, in the fist row vnder Prime, and then proceeding [Page 152]rightwards, vntill I come vnder C, I finde seuen weekes, and ouer C 2 I conclude Interuallum minus, for from Christmas to Shroue-sunday is seuen weekes and two dayes.
This Interuallum minus being found, find the same in the ensuing Table, vpon the first row vpon the left hand, answering to which shall you finde the rest of the moueable Feasts in order, according as they bee written in the front of the Table.
Example.
1613. I found Interual. minus 7 weekes, 2 dayes, answering to which in the insuing Table, is Quadragesima. Feb. 2. Easter day April 4. Rogation Sunday. may. 9. and so forth, and lastly Internal. maius, 25 weekes, which is the number of weekes betwixt Trinity Sunday and Aduent Sunday.
Interual. Minus. | Quadragesima. | Easter day. | Rogation. | Ascension day, | Whitsunday. | Aduent Sunday. | Interuallum maius. | |
wee | day. | |||||||
5 | 3 | 8 Febr. | 22 Mar | 26 Apr | 0 Apr [...] | 10 Ma. | 29. No. | 27 |
5 | 4 | 9 | 23 | 27 | 1 May. | 11 | 30 | 27 |
5 | 5 | 10 | 24 | 28 | 2 | 12 | 1 Decē. | 27 |
5 | 6 | 11 | 25 | 29 | 3 | 13 | 2 | 27 |
6 | 0 | 12 | 26 | 30 | 4 | 14 | 3 | 27 |
6 | 1 | 13 | 27 | 1 May | 5 | 15 | 27 No. | 26 |
6 | 2 | 14 | 28 | 2 | 6 | 16 | 28 | 26 |
6 | 3 | 15 | 29 | 3 | 7 | 17 | 29 | 26 |
6 | 4 | 16 | 30 | 4 | 8 | 18 | 30 No. | 26 |
6 | 5 | 17 | 31 | 5 | 9 | 19 | 1. Decē. | 26 |
6 | 6 | 18 | 1 April | 6 | 10 | 20 | 2 | 26 |
7 | o | 19 | 2 | 7 | 11 | 21 | 3 | 26 |
7 | 1 | 20 | 3 | 8 | 12 | 22 | 27 No. | 25 |
7 | 2 | 21 | 4 | 9 | 13 | 23 | 28 | 25 |
7 | 3 | 22 | 5 | 10 | 14 | 24 | 29 | 25 |
7 | 4 | 23 | 6 | 11 | 15 | 25 | 30 | 25 |
7 | 5 | 24 | 7 | 12 | 16 | 26 | 1 Decē. | 25 |
7 | 6 | 25 | 8 | 13 | 17 | 27 | 2 | 25 |
8 | 0 | 26 | 9 | 14 | 18 | 28 | 3 | 25 |
8 | 1 | 27 | 10 | 15 | 19 | 29 | 27 No. | 24 |
8 | 2 | 28 | 11 | 16 | 20 | 30 | 28 | 24 |
8 | 3 | Mar. 1. | 12 | 17 | 21 | 31 | 29 | 24 |
8 | 4 | 2 | 13 | 18 | 22 | 1 June, | 30 | 24 |
8 | 5 | 3 | 14 | 19 | 23 | 2 | 1 Decē. | 24 |
8 | 6 | 4 | 15 | 20 | 24 | 3 | 2 | 24 |
9 | o | 5 | 16 | 21 | 25 | 4 | 3 | 24 |
9 | 1 | 6 | 17 | 22 | 26 | 5 | 27 Nou. | 23 |
9 | 2 | 7 | 18 | 23 | 27 | 6 | 28 | 23 |
9 | 3 | 8 | 19 | 24 | 28 | 7 | 29 | 23 |
0 | 4 | 9 | 20 | 25 | 29 | 8 | 30 | 23 |
9 | 5 | 10 | 21 | 26 | 30 | 9 | 1 Dece. | 23 |
9 | 6 | 11 | 22 | 27 | 31 | 10 | 2 | 23 |
10 | 0 | 12 | 23 | 28 | 1 June. | 11 | 3 | 23 |
10 | 1 | 13 | 24 | 29 | 2 | 12 | 27 No. | 22 |
10 | 2 | 14 | 25 | 30 | 3 | 13 | 28 | 22 |
One thing note in the vse of this Table, that ye Leap-yeare hath two Letters, as GF, BA, DC, FE, AG, CB, or ED, the first of these alwaies beginning the yeare, as in Chap. 30. but you must enter this Table with the later.
To finde the Moueable Feasts otherwise.
Seeke the change of the Moone in February, for that yeare, as in Chap. 31. the next Tuesday after is Shroue-tuesday, but if the change be vpon Tuesday, then the next Tuesday following is Shroue-tuesday, then the next Sunday is the first Sunday in Lent, six Sundayes after is Easter day, to which adde 5 weekes, so haue you Rogation Sunday, then is it foure daies more to Ascension day, from which proceed forwards 10 dayes for Whitsunday, the next Sunday after is Trinity Sunday, and the next Thursday, Corpus Christi day.
CHAP. XLI. To finde the Moueable feasts according to the Romane Church.
THe Romans say they do obserue their Easter & yt moueable feasts both according to Gods commandement, and according to the Edict in the Councel of Trent: the truth thereof I leaue to the learned, and here set downe how to finde it for Merchants and others that haue to doe beyond the seas.
To haue their Easter, you must first finde the [Page 155] Epact, (for they haue reiected the Golden Number in that behalfe) and yet doth their Epact often misse a day, sometimes two, and seldome hit truly the day of the new Moone, euen as with vs it doth.
But to find the first find the Golden Number in the insuing Table, vnder it is the Epact.
An. Do. | 1614 | 1615 | 1616 | 1617 | 1618 | 1619 | 1620 | 1621 | 1622 | 1623 | An. Do. | 1624 | 1625 | 1626 | 1627 | 1628 | 1629 | 1630 | 1612 | 1613 | |
Prime | 19 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | Prime | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | |
Epact | 19 | 1 | 12 | 23 | 4 | 15 | 26 | 7 | 18 | 29 | Epact | 10 | 21 | 2 | 23 | 24 | 5 | 26 | 27 | 8 |
And this is a perfect agreement of the Prime and Epact in the new Romane Kalender, and is true vntill 1700. And for your more ease I haue added the yeare of our Lord God vnto 1630, so yt knowing what yeare of our Lord it is, you haue vnder it both the Prime and Epact, and when these yeares of our Lord God be expired, then set 1631 where 1612 is, and 1632 where 1613 is, and so proceede, whereby you make your Table serue so long as the Epact and Prime agree which is vntill 1700 be past: or take 10 from our Epact found, Chap. 30. so haue you the Romane Epact till 1700, after which time deduct 11 for the correption of the yeares.
Now to finde the moueable feasts according to the Romanes, do thus: First, finde the Epact, as before, and then the Dominicall Letter for the [Page 156]
Lit. Do. | Cyclus Epactarū. | Dies Cinerum. | Pascha Resurre. | Ascensio Domini. | Pentecostes | Aduent. Domini. |
D | 23.22.21.20.19.18.17.16.15.14.13.12.11.10.9.8.7.6.5.4.3.2.1. * 29.28.27 26.25, 25.24 | 4. Febr. 11. Feb. 18. Feb. 25 Feb. 4 mar. | 22. Ma. 29. mar. 5 Aprill. 12. Apr. 19. Apr. | 30. Apr 7 May 14. may 21. may 28 may | 10 May 17 may. 24 may. 31. may. 7. June | 29. No. 29 29 29 29 |
E | 23.22.21.20.19 18.17.16.15.14.13.12.11.10.9.8.7.6 5, 4, 3.2.1. * 29.28.27.26.25.25.24. | 5. Febr. 12 Feb 9. Febr. 26. Feb. [...]. mar. | 23 mar. 30. mar. 6 Aprill. 13. Apr. 20. Apr. | 1. may. 8. may 15 may. 22. may 29. may | 11 may. 18 may. 25 may. 1 Iune. 8 Iune. | 30. No. 30 30 30 30 |
F | 23.22.21.20.19.18.17.16.15.14.13 12.11.10.9.8.7.6.5.4.3.2.1. * 29.28.27.26.25.25.24 | 6 Freb. 13. Feb. 20. Feb. 27 Feb. 6 mar. | 24. mar. 31. mar. 7. April. 14. apri. 21 Apr. | 2. may. 9. may. 16. may. 23, may. 30. may | 12 may. 19. may. 26 may 2 Iune. 9 Iune | 1. Deec. 1 1 1 1 |
G | 23.22.21.20.19.18.17.16.15 14.13.12.11.10.9.8.7.6.5.4.3.2.1. * 29.28.27.26.25.25.24. | 7. Febr. 14 Feb. 21. Feb. 28 Feb. 7 mar. | 25. mar 1. April. 8. April. 15. Apr 22 Apri. | 3 may. 10 may. 17 may. 24 may. 31 may | 13 may. 20 may 27. may 3. Iune. 10 Iun. | 2. Dece. 2 2 2 2 |
A | 23.12.21.20.19.18.17.16.15.14.13 12.11.10.9.8.7.6.5.4.3.2.1. * 29 28.27.26.25.25, 24. | 8. Febr. 15 Feb. 22 Feb. 1 Febr. 3 mar. | 26. mar 2. April. 9. aprill. 16. apr. 23. apr. | 4. may. 11 may. 18. may. 25. may 1 Iune. | 14. may 21 may. 28 may 4 Iune. 11 Iun | 3 Dece. 3 3 3 3 |
B | 23.22.21.20.19.18.17.16.15.14.13.12.11.10.9.8.7.6.5.4.3.2.1 * 29.28.27 26.25.25.24. | 9. Febr. 16 Feb. 23. Feb. 2. mar. 9. mar. | 27 mar 3 aprill 10 april. 17. apr. 24. apr. | 5. may. 12. may 19 mar. [...]6. may 2. Iune. | 15 may 22 may. 29 may. 5 Iune. 12 Iun. | 2. No. 27 27 27 27 |
C | 23.22.21.20.19.18.17.16.15.14.13.12.11.10.9.8.7.6.5.4.3.2.1. * 29.20 27.26.25.25.24. | 10. Feb. 17. Feb. 14. Feb. 3. mar. 10. mar. | 28. mat. 1 [...]. april. 11. april. 18. april. 25. april. | 6. may. 13 may. 20. may 17 may. 3 Iune | 16 may 23 may 30 may. 6 Iune. 13 Iun. | 28. No. 28 28 28 28 |
[Page 157]proposed yeare, as you be after taught; these had, finde the Dominicall letter in the last Table vpon the left hand, then in ye square answering to that letter finde the Epact amongst the numbers there set: this had procéed right wards in the same line, so shall you haue the day and moneth yt any of the feasts written in the top of the Table happeneth vpon. This needeth no example.
One thing note, if the proposed yeare bee Bissextile, then must you finde Dies Cinerum, or Ash-wednesday, with the former of the letters, and the rest of the feasts with the later letter.
Ann. Do. | 1612 | 1613 | 1614 | 1615 | 1616 | 1617 | 1618 | 1619 | 1620 | |
Cyclus ☉ | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | |
Litera Domini | AG | F | E | D | CB | A | G | F | ED | |
Ann, Do. | 1621 | 1622 | 1623 | 1624 | 1625 | 1626 | 1627 | 1628 | 1629 | |
Cyclus ☉ | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | |
Litera Domini | C | B | A | GF | E | D | C | BA | G | |
Ann Do. | 1630 | 1631 | 1632 | 1633 | 1634 | 1635 | 1636 | 1637 | 1638 | 1639 |
Cyclus ☉ | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 2 [...] |
Litera Domini. | F | E | DC | B | A | G | FE | D | C | B |
The vse of this Table is: Find the Circle of the Sunne for the proposed yeare, so haue you the Dominicall Letter vnder it: or finde the yeare of our Lord, so haue you the Circle of the Sunne, [Page 158]and Dominicall Letter vnder the same. And this Table you make perpetuall, if when the yeares of our Lord there placed be expired, you place 1640 where 1612 is, and so proceed, and when that circle of yeares bee finished, set 1667 where 1640 was, proceeding forth in like manner.
CHAP. XLII. Of the Ember and Fasting-daies, as also of the times of Mariage.
THere be foure times in the yeare called Anni quatuor tempora, which the Church hath appointed for Ieiuniall or fasting dayee, euery of which times containeth three daies, Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday: two of which fasts depends on dayes fixed, the other vpon dayes moueable: First, we fast in the Spring to the end as all things then flourish, so may also the workes of men: in Sommer, that we may be in charity: in Autumne, that we may bring forth the fruits of good workes: and in winter, that as the leaues fall from the trees, and small hearhes dye, so vice may be killed in vs, and superfluities fall from vs: Or we rast to temperate and moderate the humour predominating that quarter, as Choler in Sommer, &c. as in Chap. 27. the which fasting dayes be
- The Wednesday, Friday and Saturday after Quadragesima,
- The Wednesday, Friday and Saturday after Whitsunday,
- The Wednesday, Friday and Saturday after Holy Crosse.
- The Wednesday, Friday and Saturday after Saint Lucies day.
But if Holy Crosse, or S. Lucies day fall vpon a Wednesday, then take the Wednesday following: as for other fasting dayes, they be noted in the Kalender. And the cause wherefore the Romanes and we obserue no fasting day, betwixt the Resurrection and Ascension day is (as I take it) grounded vpon this Text: Can the children of the Mariage Chamber fast whilst the Bridegrome is with them, &c. Mark. 2.19.
- from after Aduētsunday after Septuagesima 3 dayes before the Ascension. till 8 daies after the Epiphany.
- from after Aduētsunday after Septuagesima 3 dayes before the Ascension. till 8 do. after Easter Trinity Sunday.
CHAP. XLII. Of Weights and Measures vsed in England.
In England wee commonly vse two kinde of weights, as Troy, and Auerdupois: by ye Troy weight we weigh wheat, bread, gold, siluer, and such like, and this Troy weight containes in euery pound 12 ounces, euery ounce 20 peny weight, euery peny weight 24 graines, whereby a Marke weight is 80 ounces, as in the insuing Table.
Graines | 5760 | 2880 | 1440 | 960 | 480 | 240 | 120 | 60 | 24 | 12 | 6 |
Peny weight | 240 | 120 | 60 | 40 | 20 | 10 | 5 | 2½ | 1 | 1½ | 7/4 |
Ounces. | 12 | 6 | 3 | 2 | 1 | ½ | ¼ | ||||
Pounds. | 1 | ½ | ¼ |
By the weight Auerdupois is weighed all kinde of Grocery, all phisicall drugges, all grosse wares, as Rosin, wax, pitch tarre, tallow, hempe, flax, &c. and all Iron, stéele, lead, tinne, copper, alome, copporas, &c. and though the pound of this weight be greater then the pound Troy, yet is the ounce lesse, because the pound Troy hath but 12 ounces; and the pound Auerdupois 16 ounces, as in ye Table ensuing: & you must note that the Auerdupois pound is diuided into Graines, Scruples, Dragmes, and so to ounces euery one hauing a proper Character to expresse the same, as is set after the Table.
Graines | 7680 | 3840 | 1920 | 480 | 240 | 120 | 60 | 30 | 15 | [...]0 | 1 [...] | 5 |
Scruples | 384 | 192 | 96 | 24 | 12 | 6 | [...] | 11/ [...] | ¾ | 7 | 7/2 | 7/4 |
Dragms | 128 | 64 | 32 | 8 | 4 | 2 | 7 | ½ | ¼ | |||
Ounces | 16 | 8 | 4 | 1 | 7/2 | ¼ | ||||||
Pounds | 1 | ½ | ¼ |
Graines gr. Scruples ℈. Dragmes ʒ. Ounces ℥. Pounds. £.
How Ale and Beere is measured.
These two sorts of Liquor are measured by Pints, Quarts, Pottles, Gallons Firkins, Kilderkins, or halfe barrels & barrels, as in the insuing table, & these & such like be concane measures.
Beere Measures. | Ale Measures. | |||||||||||
Pints. | 288 | 144 | 72 | 8 | 4 | 2 | 256 | 128 | 64 | 8 | 4 | 2 |
Quarts. | 144 | 72 | 36 | 4 | 2 | 1 | 128 | 64 | 22 | 4 | 2 | 1 |
Pottles. | 72 | 36 | 18 | 2 | 1 | 64 | 32 | 1 [...] | 2 | 1 | ||
Gallons. | 36 | 18 | 9 | 1 | 32 | 16 | 8 | 1 | ||||
Firkins. | 4 | 2 | 1 | 4 | 2 | 1 | ||||||
Kilderkin | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1 | ||||||||
Barrels. | 1 | 1 |
How Wine, Oyle, and Hony is measured.
One Gallon of Wine containes 8 pound of Troy weight, whereby are measured the vessels in the insuing Table.
Pint. | 2110 | 1008 | 67 [...] | 504 | 336 | 252 | 128 | 8 | 4 | 2 |
Quart. | 1008 | 504 | 336 | 252 | 168 | 126 | 64 | 4 | 2 | 1 |
Pottle. | 504 | 252 | 168 | 126 | 84 | 63 | 36 | 2 | 1 | |
Gallon. | 152 | 126 | 84 | 63 | 42 | 31½ | 18 | 1 | ||
Rundlet. | 14 | 7 | 4 ⅔ | 3 ½ | 2 ⅓ | 1 ¾ | 1 | |||
Barrels. | 8 | 4 | 2 ⅔ | 2 | 1 ⅓ | 1 | ||||
Tierce of a pipe | 6 | 3 | 2 | 1 ½ | 1 | |||||
Hogshead. | 4 | 2 | 1 ⅓ | 1 | ||||||
Punchion. | 3 | 1 ½ | 1 | |||||||
Pipe or But. | 2 | 1 | ||||||||
Tunne. | 1 |
Measures of Graine.
All kinde of graine is measured by Troy weight of which 8 pounds make a gallon, whereof are made Pints, Quarts, Pottles, Gallons, Pecks, Haise-bushels, Bushels, Strikes, or halfe coombs, Cornoockes, Coombes or halfe Quarters, Quarters, or Seames & Lasts, whose quantity behold in the insuing Table.
Pintes. | 5120 | 2560 | 512 | 256 | 128 | 64 | 32 | 16 | 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 |
Quarts. | 2560 | 1280 | 256 | 128 | 64 | 32 | 16 | 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 | |
Pottles. | 1280 | 640 | 128 | 64 | 32 | 16 | 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 | ||
Gallons. | 640 | 320 | 64 | 32 | 16 | 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 | |||
Peckes. | 320 | 160 | 32 | 16 | 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 | ||||
Half-bushels | 160 | 80 | 16 | 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 | |||||
Bushels. | 80 | 40 | 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 | ||||||
Strikes. | 40 | 20 | 4 | 2 | 1 | |||||||
Cornoockes | 20 | 10 | 2 | 1 | ||||||||
Quarters. | 10 | 5 | 1 | |||||||||
Last | 1 |
And know that the Barrell, and halfe barrell of Herrings, and likewise of Butter and Sope, are the same measure vsed for Ale. Herring are counted by the hundreds, thousands, and Lasts; a Last being 10000. euery thousand being 1200, which is 12000 Herrings in the Last, at 120 the hundred.
Of Iron and Lead.
Iron is counted by the Pound, hundred, and Tun, and Lead by the pound, hundred, and fodder.
Pound. | 2240 | 112 |
Hundred | 2 | 1 |
Tunne. | 1 |
Pound, | 2184 | 122 |
Hundred | 19 ½ | 1 |
Fodder. | 1 |
Tinne, Copper, and Lattine haue 112 pounds to the hundred.
Of Fuell.
All fuell is sised by the statute, of which there be Shids, Billets. Fagots and Coles: all Shids must be foure foot long beside the carfe, and vpon them is 1.2.3.4 or 5 markes or notches, and then they must be in compasse about ye midst 16.23.28 33 or 38 inches, according as it hath number of markes
All Billets should be three foot long, and there be three kinds thereof, as the Single, a Cast, and a Cast of two, the first being 7½ ynches about, the next 10, and the last 14 inches compasse.
Fagots should be three foot long, and the band beside the knot 24 ynches made round, for your flat Fagots be much lesse, though they be all one compasse about.
The Sacke of Coles is 4 bushels.
How things be Numbred. Furres.
Sables, Martins, Minkes, Ienits, Filches, & Grayes haue foure skins in the Timber.
Coney, Kid, Lambe, Budge, Cat, &c. haue fiue score in the hundred.
The skins of Goats are numbered by the kippe, which is 50, and Calues by the dozen 12, I means being tanned.
There is also in Lether hides Dickers & Lasts, the Last is 20 Dickers, or 200 hides, a Dicker is 10 hides.
Of Fish.
Ling, Cod, or Haberdine hath 124 to the hundred: Stock-fish 120 to the hundred, so hath Herring. A Last of Barrell-fish is twelue Ale Barrels.
Of Paper and Parchment.
A Bale of paper is 10 Reame, or 200 quires, a Reame is 20 quires, or 500 sheetes, a quire is 25 sheetes.
A Rowle of parchment is 5 dozen, or 60 skins; a dozen is 12 skins.
Of Wooll.
A Last of wooll is 4368 pounds, or 12 sackes: a sacke is 364 pounds, or 2 weyes: a wey is 182 pound, or 6 Toddes and a halfe: a Todde is 28 pounds, or two stone: a stone is 14 pound, and a cleaue is halfe a stone, so that a Last hath 312 stones, and 156 Toddes, and a Sacke hath 26 stones.
CHAP. XLIIII. Measure in Longitude, and of the length and the bredth and compasse of England, Ireland, and the adiacent Islands.
THrée barley cornes make an ynch, 12 ynches a foote, 3 foote a yard, 5 yards and a halfe a pearch, 40 pearches in length, and 4 in bredth an Acre, 4 in bredth, and 10 in length a rood, or quarter of an Acre, so that an Acre hath 43560 square feet, 4840 square yards, and 160 square pearches.
Also an English mile is 8 Furlong, 88 scores, 320 pearches, 1056 paces, 1408 Elles, 1760 yards, 5280 feet, 63360 ynches, 190080 Barley cornes, as you may see more largs in my Geodeticall Staffe, Lib. 2.
The compasse of the earth is 360 degrées, or 21600 Italian miles, or 5400 common Germane miles, or 4320 miles of Sueuia, whose diameter is 6872 8/11 Italian, 1728 2/11 Germane, or 1397 6/11 miles of Sueuia.
The compasse of the Heauens is 1017562500 miles, and so much doth the Sun go in 24 houres according to the motion of the first Mouer, and in his meane motion in the Zodiaque hee goeth euery day 2826562 ½ miles, so that his peragration in respect of his compassing the heauens euery naturall day, is 306392500000 miles in the whole yeare.
- The compasse of England is 1532 miles.
- The greatest length thereof Northwards and Soothwards is from Barwicke to the Lands end, which not crossing the sea is 386 miles.
- The shortest length from Barwicke to Calshot Castle in South-hampton shire is 286 miles.
- The brodest place of England from the Lands end to Sandwich is 279 miles.
- From S. Dauids in the West in Penbrooke-shire, through the middest of Worcester and Warwicke-shire Eastward to Yarmouth in Norfolke is 240 miles.
And this is the next brodest place in England.
- Ireland, reiecting adiacent Islands, and some Indraffes, is in compasse 948 miles.
- The length Northward and Southward is 303 miles.
- The bredth East and West is 113 miles.
Being taken in the South parts from the vttermost point of the Continent Westwards, to the East point of Cilana, lying ouer-against S. Dauids in Penbrooke-shire.
- The Isle of Man is in compasse 91 miles.
- [Page 167]The length is 28 miles.
- The bredth 18 miles.
- Mona or Anglesea is in compasse 85 miles.
- The length 21 miles.
- The bredth 18 miles.
- The Isle of Wight is in compasse 57 miles.
- The length 22 miles.
- The bredth 11 miles.
CHAP. XLV. To know how to reckon how much your daily expences commeth vnto in the whole yeare very readily without a Table, or Calculation.
TO auoid all Tables, and to giue you a ready rule to beare in memory, do thus: Suppose you spent 6 pence the day, and would know what it amounteth vnto in the yeare, which to doe, say thus: sixe pence the day, is sixe pounds, six halfe pounds, and six groates, which set together, maketh 9 pounds two shillings. Againe 7 pence the day is 7 pounds, 7 halfe pounds, and 7 groates in ye yeare, which set together, maketh 10 pounds 12 shillings, and foure pence: The like of any other.
How Money is numbred in England.
The greatest péece of English siluer now coined ordinarily at ye Tower is called 12 d. or a shilling, and that is diuided into two parts, which be called 6 pence, or testons, and that is subdiuided into two other parts, called 3 pence, being one fourth part of the shilling. Againe, the 12 pence is diuided into 6 parts, euery of which part is called 2 pence The shilling is diuided into 12 parts called pence, into 24 parts called halfe pence, and into 48 parts called farthings: we haue now a péece of siluer stamped, which is the ¾ of a shilling, called 9 pence, and the halfe of that called 4 pence halfe peny, thrée of which make a Scottish marke, which is 13 pence halfe peny sterling: out of these small peeces there is made other summes, that haue proper and peculiar denominations, as Crownes, Nobles, and Markes, and their halfes, a Crowne is 5 shillings, a Noble 6 shillings 8 pence, a marke 13 shillings 4 pence, or two Nobles: foure Nobles is 26 shillings 8 pence: fiue Nobles is 33 shillings 4 pence: seuen Nobles is 2 pounds 6 shillings 8 pence: 14 Nobles is 4 pounds, 13 shillings 4 pence, and 20 Nobles is 6 pounds 13 shillings 4 pence. Againe, foure Marks is 2 pound 13 shillings 4 pence: fiue Marks is 3 pound 6 shillings 8 pence: 20 Markes 13 pound 6 shillings 8 pence: 40 Markes is 26 pound 13 shillings 8 pence: And an hundred Markes is 66 pound 13 shillings, 4 pence.
A briefe remembrance of the principall Faires in England and Wales, the Moneth, Day, and Place where they bee kept, more largely set forth then heretofore.
¶ Faires in Ianuary.
THe third day at Llanybyther: Tuesday after the Twelfe-day, at Salisbury, and at Melton Mowbray: Thursday after at Banbury, and at Litterworth: 7. at Llanginnie: 25. at Bristoll, Churchingford, Grauesend, and at Northalerton euery Wednesday from Christmas till Iune: 31. at Llandyssell.
¶ Faires in February.
THe first day, at Brumley: the second at Lin, Bathe, Maidstone, Budworth, Reading, Bicklesworth Vizes, and at Whitland: the third at Borgroue: the eighth, at Tragarron: the ninth, at Llandaffe: the 14. at Owndle and at Feuersham: the 24. at Vppingham, Highamferries, Walden, and at Tewkesbury: On Shroue-munday at New-castle-vnder-line: On Ash-wednesday, at Lichfield, Exceter, Roystone, [Page 170]Abington, Ciceter, Tamworth, Dunstable, Tunbridge, Fockingham, and Eaton: The first Munday in Lent, at Winchester, and at Chersay in Surrey: The first Tuesday in Lent, at Bedford, the first Thursday in Lent, at Banbury.
¶ Faires in March.
THe first day, at Llangadog. Madrim, and at Llangeuallah: the eight, at Tregarron: the 12. at Stamford, Sudbury, Wooborne. Wrexham, and at Bodnam: the 13. at Wye, and Bodwin: the 17. at Patrington: the 18. at Sturbridge: the 20. at Alesbury, and at Durham: the 24 at Llanerchimeth: the 25. at Northampton, Malden, Cardigan, Malpas, Saint Albons, Ashwell, Huntington, all the Ladidayes, at Saint Iones in Worcester, & at Woodstocke: the 31. at Malmesbury. Mio-lent Sunday at Saffron-walden, and at Odiham: Munday before the Annunciation, at Kendall, Wisbich, and at Denbigh: the fifth Sunday in Lent, at Grantham, Salibury, Sudbury, and at Helxsome: Wednesday before Palme-sunday, at Drayton: Thursday at Llandissell: Palmesunday Eus, at Newport, Pomfret, Leicester, Skipton, Ailesbury, and at Wisbich: Palmesunday, at Worcester, Llandaurenuoure, Billingsworth, and at Kendall: wednesday before Easter, at Llanuillinge and at Kaerline: Thursday before Easter, at Sudmuster, and at Kettering: [Page 171]On Good-friday, at M [...]llaine, Bishops-castle, Action-burnell, Longuer, Risborow, Bury, Amptill, Bishops-hatfield, Brewton, Hinningham, Rotheram, Ipswich, S. Pombes, Gilford, Nutly, Engfield, and Charing.
¶ Faires in Aprill.
THe second day at North-fléet, Rochford, and at Hitchin, the third, at Leeke: the fifth, at Wallingford: the seuenth, at Darby: the ninth, at Billingsworth, the munday next after, at Euesham: the 22 at Stabford: the 23. at Chichester, Tamworth, Ipswich, Charing, Amptill, Hinningham, S. Pombs, Burie, Wilton, Wortham, Brewton, castle Combes, and at Bewdley: the 25. at Darby, Vttoxeter, Dunmow, Colebrooke, Buckingham, Winchcombe, and at Cliffe: the 26. at Tenderden, and at Clete: Munday in Easter wéeke, at Gainesborow, and at Onay: tuesday in Easter wéeke, at Daintrée. Hitchin, Brails, Rochford, Sandbach, and at Northfleet: wednesday in Easter weeke at Wellingborow: Friday at Darby, Saterday at Skipton: Munday after Lowsunday, at Bicklesworth, Euesham, and as Newcastle vnder-line.
¶ Faires in May.
THe first day, at Leycester, Warwice, Oswestrée, Kinuar, worsworth, Bricke-hill, Congerton, Reading, Stow ye old, Pombridge, Chensford, [Page 172]ford, Perin, Andouer, Maidston, Llantrissent, Vske, and at Grighouel: the second, at Pwllhely: the third at Stafford, Bromyard, Nun-eaton, Rats-dale, Waltham abby, Elstow, Hinningham, Chersay, Chepnam, Cowbridge, Aberganennie, Mounton, Denbigh, Merthir and Tiduile: the fifth, at Marchenlleth: the sixth at Almesburie, Hoy, and Knighton: the seuenth, at Beuerly, Newton, Oxford, Stratford vpon Auon, Hanslop, and at Bathe: the ninth, at Maidstone: the tenth, at Ashburne: the 11 at Dunstable: the 15. at Welshpoole: the 16. at Llangarranogge: the 19. at Rochester, Odehil, Mayfield, and Wellow: the 20. at Malmesbury: the 25. at Blackburne: the 26. at Lenham: the 29. at Crambrooke. Rogation weeke, at Beuerley, Engfield: On Ascension Eue, at Darking, and Abergelcy: On Ascension day, at Bremmencham, Bishops-stratford, Kidderminster, Eccleshall, Wigan, Middle-with, Stopford, Chappell-Frith, Rosse, Burton vpon Trent, Vizes, Brasted, Sudmuster, Eglesrew in Keames, Chappell-kinon, Bridgend, and Bewmarris: Munday after Ascension day, at Thacksteed: On wednesday after at Shrewsbury: On Friday, at Ruthin: On Whitsun-eue, at Skipton vpon Crauon, Wisbich, and Newin: On Whitsun-munday, at Rats dale, Rye-hill, Lenham, Kirbie, Stephen, Cribbie, Salisbury Chichester, Exceter, Darington, Bradforde, Ryegate, Bromyard, Linton, Burton in Landsdale, Shalforth, Whitchurch, Cockermouth, Applebée, Harstgréene, Oundle, [Page 173]Sleford, Saint Iues, Agmunsham, Enesham, Amerson, and at Sittingborue: On Whitsun-Tuesday, at Melton-mowbray, Canterbury, Rochford, Lewis, Midhurst, Epping, Perith, Long milford, Faringdon, Daintrée, Laightonbussard, High Knots-ford, Aihbie Delazouth, Longuer, Elsmere, Munmouth, Llanymthiuery: On Wednesday, at Leek, Roystone, Newarke vpon Trent, Sandbar, Llanbedder, Pont-stephen, and Llandebie: Whitsun-thursday, at Kingstone and Cake-field: on Friday, at Darby, Cocksall, and at Stow in the Parish of Gwullyn: On Trinity-eue, at Rowell: On Trinity Munday, at Kendall, Tunbridge, watford, Spilsbie, Criswell, Raily, and Vies: On Tuesday after Trinity, at Abergauennie, and Radnor: On Wednesday, at Aberfrow: On Corpus Christi day, at Brimmidgham, Kiddermuster, Prescot, Saint Needes, Bishopsstratford, Banburie, Launimerchimeth, Newport in Munmouthshire, Neath, Eaglesrewe, Llangrist, Caerwid, and Haligh: On Friday, at Couentrie, Chepstow in Munmouthshire: Munday after Corpus Christi day, at Belton.
¶ Faires in Iune.
THe third day, at Ailesbury: the ninth, at Maidstone: the tenth, at Maxfield, Wellington, Newborough, Okingham, Hoit Llanwist, Newcastle in Emlin, and Kinwillgaio: the 13. at Newtowne in K [...]dewen: the 14. at Bangork: the 15. at Pershore, seuen miles from worcester: the 16. at Newport in Keames, and Bealth: the [Page 174] 17. at Nigham-ferries, Stow-gréene, Hadstorke, and Llanuillinge: the 19. at Bridgenorth: the 21. at Ystradmeyricke: the 22. at Shrewesbury, and Saint Albons: the 23. at Barnet, castle Ebichen, and Dolgellie: the 24. at Westchester, Colchester, Wakefield, Horsham, Wenlocke, Croyden, Bedford, Bromsgroue, Barnewell, Glocester, Lincolne, Peterborow, Windsor, Halifax, Lancaster, Ashburne, Bishops-castle, Tunbridge, Leicester, boughton-greene, Kerkehame in Aundernesse, Hartford, Kingstone, Reading, Ludlow, Romford, Pemsey, Shaftsbury, Brecknocke, and Preston: the 26. at Northop: the 27. at Burton vpon trent, Falkestone, Llandogaine: the 28. at Royston, Hescorne, Saint Pombes, Machenlleth: the 29. at Woluerhampton, Stafford, Wem, Woodhurst, Marleborow, Mount-Sorrell, Lower-Knots-ford, Southam, Boulton by ballon, Peterborow, Yorke, Onay, Buntingford. Vpton in Worcester-shire, Whitnay, Lemster, Westminster, Buckingham, Bromley, Senocke, Llambeder, Pont-stephen, Cardiffe, Llamergaine, and Bala: the 30. at Maxfield.
¶ Faires in Iuly.
THe second day, at Congerton, Wooburne, Huntington, Ashton vnderline, Smeth, and Swansey: the third, at Hauerson: the fifth, at Burton vpon Trent: the sixth, at Llanidlae, and Llanibither: the seuenth, at Canterbury, Albrighton, Vppingham, Chippingnorton, Vizes, Burntwood, [Page 175]Chappel-Frith, Richmond, Tenbury, Hauerford-west, Treshenimycha, Emlin, Castlemaine, Denbigh: Munday after Relique-Sunday, at Fodringay, and Hauerhull: the 11. at Partney, and Lide: the 13. at Llaurhaidarmachnant: the 15. at Pinchbacke, and Gréene-steed: the 17. at Leeke, Winchcombe, Saint Kenelmes, Llauvilling: the 20. at Betley, Vxbridge, Awferton, Bowline, Cateshy, Boulton in the Moores, S. Margarets by Dartford, Odiham, Barkway, Ickleton, Tenbie, Neath, and Llanymthiuery, at Woodstocke: the 22. at Stonystratford, Bridgnorth, Battlefield Bicklesworth, Baynards castle, Broughton, Clitherall, Keswicke, Norwich, Kingstone, Marleborough, Tetbury, Winchester Colchester Mauolin-hill, Newarke vpon Trent, Roking, Kidwallie, Withgrigge, and Ponterley: the 23, at Chestone, and Karnaruon: the 25. at Saint Iames by London, Saint Iames by Northampton, Bristow, Darby, Dudley, Chichester, Stone, Shifnall, Stamford, Louthe, Liuerpoole, Thrapstone, Barcomstead, Buntingford, Doncaster, Baldocke, walden, Tilbury, Ipswich, Rauenglasse, Crith, Brumley, Ashwell, Hatfield, Broadocke, Reading, Douer, Chilholme, Malmsbury, Aldergame Broomesgroue, Camden, Wigmor, Chickham, Trobridge, Rosse, Machembleth, Landengeiram, chappell-Iago, and Stackpoole: the 26. at Bewdley, Tiptrie, and Raiadargwy: the 27. at chappel-Frith, Richmond in the North, Warrington, Horsham, Canterbury, Malpasse, and Ashford.
¶ Faires in August.
THe first day, at Shrewesbury, Longhborough, Yorke Newcastle vpon Tine Selbie. Newton, Dunstable, Bedford Saint Edes, Yelland, Northam-church Sledburne, Exceter, Thackesteed, Rumnay-maling, Feuers;ham, Wisbich, Bathe, Horseney, Karmarthen, Kaergwily Hay, Llantrissent, Chepstow, Llaurwest, and Flint: the fourth at Linton and Radnor: the ninth at Aberlew: the tenth, at Melton-mowbray, Chorley, Rugbie, Chidlee, Oundle, Seddyll, Weydon, Frodsham, Banbury, Alchurch, walton, Ludlow, Waltham, Farneham, Warmester, Toucelier, Croyley, Kilgarron, Haleigh, Saint Laurence by Bodwin, Diffringoliwich, Newborough, Kenwalgaio, Harley, and Marras: the 15. at Elesmere, Tutbury, Hinkley, Saint Albons, Belton, Huntington, Gis [...]orough, Cambridge, Goodhurst Kaerlile, Preston, Wakefield, Marleborough, Whitland, Cardigan Rosse, Swansey, Eglwysvait, Yminith, Newin, and Newport in Munmouth shire: the 16 at Rayaydargwy: the: 4. at London, Kiddermuster, Nauntwich, Pagets-bromley, Croylie, Northalerton, Tuddington, Faringdon, Tewkesbury, Sudbury, Norwich, Douer, Oxford Chorley, Beggars-bush, Bromley, Aberconwey, Munmouth, and Mountgomety: the 28. at Sturbridge in worcestershire, Ashford, Talisarnegréene, and welshpoole: the 29. at Corby, Kaermarthen, Brecknocke, and Kaerwis, [Page 177]Sunday after Saint Bartholomew, at Sandbich.
¶ Faires in September.
THe first day, at chappel-Siluy, Saint Giles in the bush, and Neath: the fourth, at Okkam: the seuenth, at ware, & woodbury-Hill: at Scurbridge, wakefield, waltham on the woulds, Brewood, Drayton, Northampton, Atherstone V [...]cecester, Gleyborne, worseworth, Chalton, Partney, Bury, Huntington, wolfe pit, Chattom, Smeathe, Reculuer, Malden, Snide, Rockingham, Hartford, Drifield, Llandissell, Kardigan, whitland, Cardiffe, Tenby, and Bewmarris: the 13. at Pwlhely, and Newtowne in Kedwin: the 14. at Newport, Chesterfield, Richmond, Rippon, Stratford vpon Auon, V [...]rscley, Hetsbury, Smalding, waltham-Abby, Penhade, wootton, Denbigh, Newborough, Rosse, Muncton, and Abergauennie: the 15. at Raiadargwy: the 17. at Cliffe, and Llamdlasse: the 20. at Llanuellie, and Ruthin: the 21. at Stafford, Shrewsbury, Nottingham, Peterborough, Kingstone, Maiden [...] brackley Daintree, Bedford, Baldocke, S. Edmundsbury, woodstocke Lenham. Douer, Katherine-hill by Gilford, Croydon, Vizes, Marleborough Braintree, Houlden, wendouer, Canterbury, Abergwilly, and Knighton: the 23. at Pancridge in Staffordshire, an Horse-Faire 6. or 7. dayes: the 24. at Llanuillingh: the 28. at Dolgeth, and Kaermarthen: the 29. at westchester, [Page 178]Leicester, Lancaster, Ashburne, Saint Albones, Saint Iues, Vxbridge, Higham-ferries, Selby, Killingworth, Ludlow, Kingsland, Blackburne, Tuddington, Basingstocke, woodham-Ferry, Corkermouth, Maulton, way-Hill, Buckland, Bishops-stratford, Sheford, Hull, Merthyr, Llanvihangell, Aberconwy, Llocher, Machenleth, Llanidlasse, wennir, 7. daies, and at Hay.
¶ Faires in October.
THe Munday after Saint Michaell, at Faseley: the third, at Boulton in the moores: the fourth, at Saint Michaell: the sixth, at Saint Faithes besides Norwich, Hauent, and Maidstone: the 8. at Chichester, Hereford, and Bishopsstratford, Swansey, Llambeder. Pont-stephen, Harborough, Gainsborough, Blithe, Ashburne, Sabridgeworth, Hodnet, and Deuizes; the 12. at Boulton in Furnace, and Llangoueth: the 13. at Tamworth, Drayton, Grauesend, windsor, Hitchin, Royston, Marshfield, Colchester, Stapforth, Staunton, Charing, Aberfrow, Newport in Munmouthshire, Leighton-bussard, and Edmundstow: the 18. at Bridgenorth, Burton vpon Trent, wellingborough, Tisdale, wigan, Barnet, Banbury, Middle-wich, Ely, Bishops-hatfield, Brickhill, Newcastle, Faringdon, Henley in Arden, Marlow, Vphauē, Tunbridge, Ashwell, Yorke, wrickley, Holee, Charleton, Lawhadden, Kidwelly, Iske, and Radnor: the 19 at Saint Frideswides by Oxford: the 21. at Couentrie, [Page 179]Newarke, Cice [...]or, Stokesley, Lentham, Saffronwalden, Hereford, and Lanibither: the 28. at VVhitchurch, Lemster, VVarwicke, lower Knots-ford, Abby de la Zouch, Prestone in Aundernes, Hertford, Oxford, Biodenden, VVarmester, Llanedy, VVision, and Aberconwey: the 29. at Talisarnegreene: the 31. at Ruthen, VVakefield, Stokesley, pwlhely, and Abermarles.
¶ Faires in Nouember.
THe first day, at Ludlow, Mountgomery, Birklesworth, and Castlemaine: the second at Léeke, Lougborough, Maxfield, bishops-Castle, Elesmere, Belchingley, Mayfield, & Kingstone: the third, at Kaermarthen: the 5 at VVelshpoole: the 6, at VVellington, Pembridge, Newportpond, called Cole-faire, Salforth, Lesforth Trigny, Andouer, VVetshod, Hartford, Maling, Bedford, Marron, & Brecknocke: the 10, at Wem, Shifnall, Lenton, seuen dayes: Rugby, Lanibyther, and Aberwingrin: the 11. at Marleborow, Douer, Fockinghā, Newcastle in Emlin, Shaftsburie, Tlathera Maies, Aberkennen, Mūmouth, Trean, and Withgrigge. Munday after Saint Martin, at Eaglesrow in Keames, at Karnaruon: the 13. at Gilford. the 15. at Llanithiuery, and Machenleth: the 17. at Hide, Northampton, Spaldocke, Harlow, Lincolne: the 19. at Horsham: the 20. at Saint Edmundsbury, Heath, and Ingerstone: the 22. at Penibout, Sawthy, [Page 180]the 23. at Sandwich, Ludlow, Frome, Tudding [...] ton Kates-crosse, Bwelth, Bangor, and Carline, at Higham-ferries: the 28. at Ashburne: the 29 at Lawrost: the 30. at Bewdley, Oswestrée, Cubley, Boston, Warrington. Bedford in Yorkshire, VVakefield, Rochester, Gréene-stéed, Peterfield, Baldocke, Amptill, Colingborough, Maiden-brackley, Narbert, Pecorées in Gower, Cobham, Gargreue, Preston, Harleigh, and Bradford.
¶ Faires in December.
THe fifth day, at Pluckley Dolgeth, and Newton: the 6. at S. Neids, Arundell, Ex [...]eter, Northwich, Grantham, Seuenocke, VVoodstock, Hendingham: the seuenth at Sandhurst: the eighth, at Leicester, Northampton, Kinuar, Malpasse, Clitherall, Helxsome, VVhitland, Ka [...]digan, and Bewinarris, at Llanvnen: the 21. at Hornebie, the 22. Llandilauawr, the 29. at Canterbury, Salisbury, and Royston.
Of the Dimensions of England, and other parts of the World, according to other Authors.
BRITAINE, as M. Pitheas, and Isidorus report, is in compasse, 3825. miles, which is false, but Pliny saith, when this Dimension was taken, the Romanes had knowledge but to the Forest called Caledonia. Agrippa saith, it is in lenghth, 800. miles, and in bredth, 300. miles, and that Ireland is as broad, but not so long by 200. miles. Some of our owne Countrimen haue published the compasse of England to be 4340 miles, and that ye length from Barwicke to Portsmouth, is 320 miles, and the bredth in the brodest place, which is from Douer (or rather from Sandwich) 300. miles but it is not so much, as you may gather by my dimensions before, which be truly set downe.
Of Europe.
Pliny, Lib. 6. Chap. 31. saith, that Europe is in length 3748. miles, and that the bredth at the broadest is 250. miles. Agrippa would haue it 910 from the bounds of Cyrene, ending at the Garamantes: for so farre to them was knowne and discouered.
Of Asia.
Pliny also saith, that Asia is in length, 63750 miles, and in bredth from the Aethiopian Sea, to Alexandria, situate vpon Nilus, 1875. and that Europe is scarce halfe so bigge as Asia.
Also, that Europe is twice as much as Affrica, and a sixth part ouer: so that by Plinies Computation, in reducing all these parts together, Europe is a third part of the Earth, and an eighth portion ouer, and Asia a fourth part, and one 14 portion, and Affrica a fifth part, with an ouerplus of a 16 portion.
But the ignorance of these Authors is herein to bee excused, in respect it is not so now: For since their time our Trauellers haue found out, as it were, a new world, of which they were ignorant of, imagining no such thing, to wit, America, and Magellana, so that as they before diuided the world into three parts, now bee there flue such parts: but Pliny (like the Author of such another great English volume) was forward to write much vpon reports, and that of the meanest, as Hunters, Fowlers, Sheepheards, &c. And therefore since hath beene called by some, Rusticus Mendax. But as his workes hee learned (though much matter impertinent, and erroneous) so is he in many things excuseable. As for Europe, it now consists of aboue 28. Kingdomes, beside the Romane Empire. In length it containeth from the Cape of Portingale to the riuer [Page 183] Taneus 3800. miles, and in bredth, from the Archipellago to the Frise Ocean, 1200. miles, and is wasted vpon the westerne and Northerne part, partly by the Ocean, and partly by the Balthean Seas: as for the other foure parts of the world, I cannot here stand further to speake of them.
CHAP. XLVI. Of the difference of Gold in finenesse, and the valuation of seuerall peeces of Gold, with other necessary Tables.
VVHat is meant by Troy, or Auerdupois weight, is declared before, and what is meant by the ounce, &c. is expressed likewise in Tables for that purpose: It resteth therefore to giue you a Table of the finenesse of gold, because there is some gold better then other, and also to deliuer the valuation of certaine peeces of Gold.
Angell Gold. | French. Gold. | Soueran Gold. | |
A pound weight. | 36. l. | 33. l. | 30. l. |
An Ounce. | 3. l. | 55. s̄. | 50. s̄. |
The halfe ounce. | 30. s̄. | 27. s̄. 6. d. | 25. s. |
Quarter of an ounce. | 15. s̄. | 13. s̄.9. d. | 12. s. 6. d. |
Halfe quart. of an oūce. | 7. s̄. 6. d | 6. s̄. 10. d | 6. s. 3. d. |
Farthing gold weight. | 3. s̄. 9. d. | 3. s̄. 5. d ¼ | 3. s. 1. d. ½ |
Peny weight. | 3. s̄. | 2. s̄. 9. d. | 2. s. 6. d. |
A Graine. | 1. d. ½ | 1. d 12/48. | 1. d. ½ |
But here you must note, that it is intended in this Table, a peny weight of Goldsmiths weight, which is made by the weight of 24 barley cornes, dryed, and taken out of the middest of the eare, 20 of which peny-weights make an ounce, and 12. ounces a pound Troy, as before.
Of which weight the insuing peeces of Gold, weigh, as followeth.
The Names of Gold. | The weight. |
George Noble. | 3. peny-weight. |
Angell Noble. | 3. peny-weight, 7 grains ¼ |
The Reall. | 4. peny-weight, 23 grains |
First crowne of K. H. | 2. peny-weight, 9 graines. |
Salute. | 2. peny-weight, 5 graines. |
Old Noble. | 4. peny-weight, 9. grai. ½. ¼ |
Base Crowne of K.H. | 2. peny-weight. |
2 parts of a Salue. | 1. peny-weight, 11. grain. ⅛ |
Elizab. Soueraigne. | 3. peny-weight, 14 grains. |
Edwards Soueraigne | 3. peny-weight, 14. grains |
Great Soueraigne. | 10. peny-weight. |
Elizabeth Crowne. | 1. peny-weight, 19 grains. |
Soueraigne of K. Ed | 3. peny-weight, 14 grains |
Soueraigne of K. H | 4. peny-weight. |
French Noble. | 4. peny-weight, 16 grains |
K. Edward. | 3. peny-weight, 14 grains |
Vnicorn of Scotland. | 2. peny-weight, 10. grains |
Scottish Crowne. | 2. peny-weight, 5. graines. |
Philips Reall. | 3. peny-weight, 10. grai. ½ |
French Crowne. | 2. peny-weight, 5. grain. ½ |
Old French Crowne. | 2. peny-weight, 5. graines. |
Philips Crowne. | 2. peny-weight, 5. grains. ½ |
Flanders Rider. | 2. peny-weight, 6. grain. ½ |
Flanders Crowne. | 2. peny-weight, 5 grains |
Flanders Reall. | 2. peny-weight, 10. grain. ½ |
Flanders Roial with the spread Eagle. | 2. peny-weight, 6. grains. |
Flemish Angell Portigu. | 3. peny-weight, 6. grains. |
Crusado with the crosse standing. | 2. peny-weight, 6, grains. |
Crusado. † | 2. peny-weight, 6. grain. ½ |
Double Ducat. | 4. peny-weight, 12. grain. |
Single Ducat. | 2. peny-weight, 6. grain. ½ |
Double D. of Rome. | 4. peny-weight, 13. gr. ½. ¼ |
Ducat of Rome. | 4. peny-weight, 13. gr. ½.¼ |
Double Pistolet. | 4. peny-weight, 8. grains. |
Single Pistolet. | 2. peny-weight, 4. grains. |
Ducat of Valence. | 2. peny-weight, 6. grai. ½ |
Ducat of Florence. | 2. peny-weight, 5. grains. |
Golden Castilion. | 2. peny-weight, 23. grains |
Ducat of Castile. | 2. peny-weight, 6. grain. ½ |
Ducat of Aragon. | 2. peny-weight 6. grain. ½ |
Hungary Ducat. | 2. peny-weight, 7. grains. |
The new restraint for the exportation of gold, according to the proclamation dated the 23 of November in the 9 yeare of his Maiesties reigne of great Britaine, France and Ireland, 1611.
THe circumstance of this Proclamation is to restraine the great gaine that is made by the exportation of our gold, as being like wise a consequent of the disproportion betweene ye price of his Maiesties coines abroad, & here within his Kingdome. For which cause, & others, too long to recite, it is Authorized, ye all seueral peeces of Gold hereafter mentioned, to be currant within this realme respectiuely hereafter, at the values following.
The piece of gold called the
- Vnite. 22 s̄.
- Double crown 11 s̄.
- Britain. crown. 5 s̄. 6. d.
- Thistle crown. 4 s̄. 4 d. ob. q
- Halfe crowne. 2 s̄. 9 d.
- The coin of gold of Scotland, called the 6 l. peece. 11 s̄.
Our gold called the
- Rose roial 33. s̄.
- Spur roial 16. s̄. 6 d
- Angell 11. s̄.
- These be not currant in Scotland.
All other peeces of gold of his Maiesties progenitors, and now currant proportionall to bears the like increase as followeth.
Euery peece of gold formerly currant for 30 shillings, to be 33 shillings. For [...]0 s̄. to be 22 s̄. For 15 s̄. to be 16 s̄. 6 d. For 10 s̄. to bee 11 s̄. For 5 s̄. to be 5. s̄. 6 d. For 2 s̄. 6 d. to be 2 s̄. 9 d. .
But if the gold shal be too light, according to ye abatemēts folowing, thē any subiect may refuse it.
Euery peece of gold currant for 30 s, must not want aboue 4 gr. di. Currant for 20 s. not to want aboue 3. gr. Currant for 15 s. not to want aboue 2. gr. Currant for 10 s. not to want aboue 2 gr. di. Currant for 5 s. not to want aboue 1. gr. Currant for 2. s. 6 d. not to want di. gr.
A Note of a Necessary Table.
Oftentimes tradesm [...]n & others buy their cōmomities by ye hundreds & would retaile by ye yound, as 4. d. the l, is 1 l. 17. s. 4. D. the hūdred at 112 to the hundred: for which purpose, & for any other sum there is an ensuing table, whose vse is thus. Seek what you pay by ye l in one of ye left rowes descēding vnder poūds, answering to which rightwards vnder hūdreds is what it cōmeth vnto at 112 ye hūdred: as 1 d. the l cōmeth to 9 s. 3. d. the hūdred, & contrary, 7. s the hundred, is ob. q. the l.
Pounds | By the hūdred | Pounds. | Hūdreds | ||||
l | s | d | l | s | d | ||
a q. | 0 | 2 | 4 | 6. d. q. | 2 | 18 | 4 |
a ob. | 0 | 4 | 8 | 6. d. ob. | 3 | 8 | 8 |
a ob. q. | 0 | 7 | 0 | 6. d. ob. q. | 3 | 3 | 0 |
1 peny. | 0 | 9 | 3 | 7 pence. | 3 | 5 | 4 |
1 peny q | 0 | 11 | 8 | 7. d. q. | 3 | 7 | 8 |
1 pen. ob | 0 | 14 | 0 | 7. d. ob. | 3 | 10 | 0 |
1 d. ob. q | 0 | 16 | 4 | 7. d ob. q. | 3 | 12 | 4 |
2 pence. | 0 | 18 | 8 | 8 pence. | 3 | 14 | 8 |
2. d. q. | 1 | 1 | 0 | 8. d. q. | 3 | 18 | 0 |
2. d. ob. | 1 | 3 | 4 | 8. d. ob. | 3 | 19 | 4 |
2. d. ob. q | 1 | 5 | 8 | 8. d. ob. q: | 4 | 1 | 8 |
3 pence. | 1 | 8 | 0 | 9 pence. | 4 | 4 | 0 |
3. d. q. | 1 | 10 | 4 | 9. d. q. | 4 | 6 | 4 |
3. d ob. | 1 | 12 | 8 | 9. d. ob. | 4 | [...] | 8 |
3. d. ob. q | 1 | 15 | 0 | 9. d. ob. q. | 4 | 11 | 0 |
4 pence. | 1 | 17 | 4 | 10 pence | 4 | 13 | 4 |
4. d. q. | 1 | 19 | 8 | 10. d. q. | 4 | 15 | 8 |
4, d ob. | 2 | 2 | 0 | 10 d. ob. | 4 | 18 | 0 |
4. d ob. q | 2 | 4 | 4 | 10. d. ob. q | 5 | 4 | 4 |
5 pence | 2 | 6 | 8 | 11 pence | 5 | [...] | 8 |
5. d. q. | 2 | 9 | 0 | 11. d. q. | 5 | 5 | 0 |
5. d. q. | 2 | 11 | 4 | 11. d. ob. | 5 | 7 | 4 |
5. d. ob. q | 2 | 13 | 8 | 11. d. ob. q | 5 | 9 | 8 |
6. pence. | 2 | 16 | 0 | 12 pence | 5 | 10 | 0 |
What 100 pound forborne for any time vnder 21 yeares commeth vnto according to the rate of 10 pound in the hundred, at compound interest: | What 100 poūdis worth for any time vnder 21 year before hand after the former rate, | What 10 poūd Annuitve is worth for any time vnder 21 yeares, according to 10 p: in the 100 | ||||||||
yea: | l | s | d | q | l | s | d | l | s | d |
1 | 110 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 00 | 18 | 2 | 0 | 1 | 10 |
2 | 121 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 8 | 12 | 11 | 17 | 7 | 1 |
3 | 133 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 75 | 2 | 8 | 24 | 17 | 4 |
4 | 146 | 8 | 2 | 2 | 68 | 6 | 0 | 31 | 14 | 0 |
5 | 161 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 62 | 1 | 10 | 37 | 18 | 2 |
6 | 177 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 56 | 8 | 11 | 43 | 11 | 1 |
7 | 194 | 17 | 5 | 0 | 51 | 6 | 13 | 48 | 13 | 9 |
8 | 214 | 7 | 2 | 0 | 46 | 13 | 0 | 53 | 7 | 0 |
9 | 235 | 15 | 10 | 2 | 43 | 8 | 2 | 57 | 11 | 10 |
10 | 259 | 7 | 6 | 0 | 38 | 11 | 1 | 61 | 8 | 11 |
11 | 285 | 6 | 2 | 2 | 35 | 1 | 0 | 64 | 19 | 0 |
12 | 313 | 16 | 10 | 2 | 31 | 17 | 9 | 68 | 2 | 9 |
13 | 345 | 4 | 6 | 3 | 28 | 19 | 4 | 71 | 0 | 8 |
14 | 379 | 15 | 0 | 0 | 20 | 6 | 8 | 73 | 13 | 4 |
15 | 417 | 14 | 6 | 0 | 23 | 18 | 10 | 76 | 1 | 2 |
16 | 459 | 9 | 11 | 3 | 21 | 15 | 5 | 78 | 4 | 9 |
17 | 505 | 9 | 0 | 0 | 19 | 15 | 8 | 80 | 4 | 3 |
18 | 555 | 19 | 10 | 0 | 17 | 19 | 8 | 81 | 0 | 3 |
19 | 611 | 11 | 10 | 0 | 16 | 7 | 0 | 8 [...] | 13 | 0 |
20 | 672 | 15 | 0 | 1 | 14 | 17 | 3 | 85 | [...] | 9 |
21 | 740 | 0 | 6 | 2 | 13 | 10 | 3 | 86 | 9 | 9 |
CHAP. XLVII. Of the degrees of men before the Conquest.
THe first was a Hertzoge, which was the Constable of England, and now in the Norman tongue, he is called a Duke.
The next in the Saxons speech was a Markenriue, which is called a Marques in the Brittish tongue, and was chiefe in the horse campe.
The next in the Saxons speech was an Elderman, which is now called an Earle, and hee was Iudge in the County where hee dwelt, & had the third part of the profits of the County-Court towards his paines and charges.
The next in the Saxons time was a Vicecount, who in the absence of the Elder-man did execute iustice, and in ye Norman spéech was called a Vicecount, and is now called a Sherife, or Reaue of the Shire.
The next in the Saxons speech was a Thayne, which in the Brittish tongue is interpreted a Dynast, and in the Norman speech a Baron, and in Latine is Thanus.
The next degrée was a Vauasour, which is now called a Knight Barronet, and he had his Mannor place where he kept his Courts.
The next in the Brittish tongue was a Norghough, which after the Danish speech was called a Knight.
The next degree was the Edleman, which wée now call the Gentleman. I reade not of Esquires, [Page 191]vnlesse it were Laueffer, which the Linguists doe rather interprete a Pursiuant.
The next in the Saxons time was a Boclandman, which the Danes called a Swaine, and is now a Charterer, or Free-holder.
The next in the Saxons time was Gebures, which we call Husbandmen.
There is a degrée called a Farmer, which properly is, as (some thinke) where a man letteth out land for a certaine time for meats & drinke, as you may read yt Canutꝰ Rex dedit firmario Ecclesiae de Glastenbury vnam hidam terrae, &c. And this was onely for the reliefe of old sickly Monkes: but hée is now a Farmer that can get a good liuing, and pay but a little for it to the Lord.
There is yet another degrée called Hlafordines, the which were bond-men and are now Copyholders, and their Lords were taled Hlafords.
CHAP. XLVIII. The order of the Nobility and all other degrees and estates of England as they were set and distinguished in the time of King Henry, &c.
- 1 DUkes of the bloud royall.
- 2 Other Dukes.
- 3 The eldest sonnes of Dukes of yt bloud royal.
- 4 Marquesses.
- 5 The eldest sonnes of other Dukes.
- 6 Earles.
- 7 The yongest sons of Dukes of ye royall bloud.
- [Page 192]8 The eldest sonnes of Marquises.
- 9 The eldest sonnes of Earles
- 10 Vicecounts.
- 11 The younger sonnes of Dukes.
- 12 The younger sonnes of Marquises
- 13 Barons.
- 14 The eldest sonnes of Vicecounts.
- 15 Knights of the order of S, George, which vulgarly be called Knights of the Garter.
- 16 Knights of the Kings Counsell
- 17 The yonger sonnes of Earles.
- 18 The yonger sonnes of Vicecounts.
- 19 The eldest sonnes of Barons.
- 20 Knights Banerets.
- 21 The new order of Knights Baronets.
- 22 Knights of the Bath.
- 23 Doctors of the Kings Counsell.
- 24 Knights Batchelours
- 25 Esquires of the Kings Counsell.
- 26 The eldest sonnes of Knights Banerets
- 27 Ths eldest son [...]ne of Batchelour Knights
- 28 Esquires of the body.
- 29 The yonger sonnes of Knights Banerets.
- 30 Esquires.
- 31 Gentlemen.
- Marques of Winchester.
- 1 Earle of Arundell.
- 2 E. of Oxford.
- 3 E. of Northumberland.
- 4 E. of Shrewsbury.
- 5 E. of Kent.
- 6 E. of Derby.
- 7 E. of Worcester.
- 8 E. of Rutland.
- 9 E. of Cumberland,
- 10 E. of Sussex.
- 11 E. of Huntington.
- 12 E. of Bath.
- 13 E. of Southampton
- 14 E. of Bedford.
- 15 E. of Penbroke.
- 16 E. of Hertford.
- 17 E. of Essex.
- 18 E. of Lincolne.
- 19 E. of Nottingham
- 20 E. of Suffolke
- 21 E. of Northampton
- 22 E. of Dorset.
- 23 E. of Salisbury.
- 24 E. of Exceter.
- 25 E. of Moūtgomery
- 1 Vicecount Mountag.
- 2 Vicecount Lysle.
- 3 Vicecount Rochester Carnborne.
- 1 Lord Abergeuenny
- 2 L. Audley.
- 3 L. Zouch.
- 4 L. Willoughby of Eresby
- 5 L. Lawarre
- 6 L. Barkley
- 7 L. Morley
- 8 L. Stafford.
- 9 L. Scrope
- 10 L. Dudley.
- 11 L. Sturton
- 12 L. Herbert of Chepstow.
- 13 Lord Darcy of the North
- 14 L. Mount-eagle
- 15 L. Sands
- 16 L. Vaux
- 17 L. Windsor
- 18 L. Wentworth
- 19 L. Mordant.
- [Page 194]20 L. Cromwell
- 21 L. Euers.
- 22 L. Wharton.
- 23 L. Rich.
- 24 L. Willowby of Pā ham.
- 25 L. Sheffeild.
- 26 L. Paget.
- 27 L. Darcy of Cliche.
- 28 L. Howard of Effingham.
- 29 L. North.
- 30 L. Chaundos.
- 31 L. Hunsdon.
- 32 L. S. Iohn of Bletfoe
- 33 L. Burleigh.
- 34 L. Compton.
- 35 L. Norris.
- 36 L. Howard of Walden.
- 37 L. Knowles.
- 38 L. Wotton.
- 39 L. Ellesmere, & now Lord high Chauncelour of England.
- 40 L. Russell.
- 41 L. Grey of Groby
- 42 L. Petre.
- 43 L. Harrington.
- 44 L. Dauuers.
- 45 L. Gerard.
- 46 L. Spencer.
- 47 L. Say and Sele.
- 48 L. Denny
- 49 L. Stanhop.
- 50 L. Carew.
- 51 L. Arundel of Warden.
- 52 L. Cavendish.
- 53 L. Kniuet.
- 54 L. Clifton.
Other estates of honour and dignity there bée in respect of the office they beare, which are highly preferred, and take place, some of them, before ye Nobility, as ye place of the Lord high Chancellor of England, the Lord high Treasurer, the Lord high Admirall of England, &c.
And you must note, that the eldest Sonnes of Dukes, are not Earles by birth, yet take place [Page 195]before Earles, no more then the eldest sonnes of Earles be Uicecounts; as for the rest of any of their sons, they be by rigor of the law but Esquiers.
Of Women.
The estate of women is such, by the curtesie of England, that if they get to any degrée of estate, they neuer loose it, though they marry more basely, and yet are capable of a higher degrée, as a Lady marrying with a gentleman, taketh place as a Lady, according to the estate of her Lord or knight that was her first husband, so likewise of a Dutches, &c. But if they debase themselues ouermuch, as to marry with a Clowne, or one of base parentage, then they bée not so much esteemed amongst the better sort, though of curtesie they affoord her a place.
CHAP. XLIX. The number of Bishops in England, and their order this present yeare, whereof foure take place by act of Parliament, the rest according to their consecration. The number of Parish Churches in England, and number of parishes in euery Shire, with the Knights and Burgesses of the Parliament house.
- 1 George Archbishop of Canterbury.
- 2 Iohn B. of London.
- 3 Thomas B. of Win.
- 4 Anth. B. of S. Dau.
- 5 Wil. B. of Excester
- 6 Hen. B of Salisbury
- 7 Hen. B. of Bangor
- 8 T. B. of Peterborow
- 9 Fran. B. of Landaffe
- 10 Iohn B. of Bristow
- 11 Rob. B. of Hereford
- 12 Iohn B. of Norwich
- 13 Iohn B. of Oxford.
- 14 Ric B of Asaph
- 15 Wil. B. of Lincolne
- 16 Lancel. B. of Ely
- 17 Hen. B. of Worcest.
- 18 Iam. B. of Bath and Wels,
- 19 Ric. B. of Couentry and Lichfield.
- 20 Sam. B. of Cicester.
- 21 Giles B. of Glouce.
- 22 Ioh. B. of Rochest.
- 1 Tobias Arch-bishop of Yorke.
- 2 Bishop of Durham
- 3 Bishop of Carlile
- 4 B. of Westchestr.
England thus deuided into Bishoprickes, it hath therein 9272 parish Churches, as you [Page 197]may note by the number of parishes in each shire in the table following, and 52080 Townes besides Citties & Castles. It hath also 25 Shires of which 13 bee Welsh. It hath 26 Bishoprickes, of which 4 be Welsh. England is also diuided into 3 great Prouinces, or Countries, & euery of them speaking a seuerall and different Language, as English, Welsh, and Cornish; and their language (which is strange) alters vpon the sodaine, euen as the Prouinces part: for in this Towne they speake English, and do not vnderstand Welsh or Cornish, and in the next Towne Cornish, not vnderstāding English or Welsh: but in many things the Welsh and Cornish somthing agrée: but now (God bee praised) England and these Prouinces, with Scotland, are all vnder the subiection of one King, which neuer was since the diuision thereof by Brute, to his three sonnes, being then called Britaine; as to Locrine the eldest, hee gaue this part of Britaine, called England: to Albanact the second, the Country of Albany, now called Scotland, and to Camber the yongest, hee gaue the Prouince of Cambria, called now Wales.
And you shall note, that the lands that Abbots & such like men enioied before the suppressiō thereof, did containe, 15. Carledomes, 1500. Knights lands, 6200. Esquires lands, 100. Almes-houses, besides to the Kings Treasury 20000. l. as may appeare by a petition exhibited in the 11 yeare of Henry the 4. at a Parliament held at Westminster, and reuiued in the 2. yeare of Henry the 5. in a Parliament at Leicester.
What Shires belong to euery Bishoprieke, or Diocesse, and first in the Prouince of Canterburie.
Canterbury and Rochester hath all Kent. London, hath Essex, Middlesex, and part of Hartfordshire. Chichester hath Sussex. Winchester hath Hampshire, Surrey, and the Isle of Wight. Salisbury, hath Wiltshire, and Barkeshire. Exceter hath Deuonshire & Cornewall. Bathe & Welles hath Sommersetshire. Glocester hath Glocestershire. Worcester hath Worcestershire, and part of Warwickshire. Hereford hath Herefordshire, part of Shropshire, part of Monmouthshire, part of Worcestershire, & part of Radnorshire. Couentry & Liechfield hath Staffordshire, Derbyshire, and the rest of Warwicke and Shropshire. Lincolne (greatest of all) hath Lincolne, Leicester, Huntington, Bedford, and Buckinghamshire, and the rest of Hartfordshire. Ely, hath Cambridge, and the Isle of Ely. Norwich hath Norfolke & Suffolke. Oxford hath Oxfordshire. Peterborough hath Northampton & Rutlandshire.
Diocesses in Wales.
S. Dauids hath 331 parishes. Landaffe 156. Bangor, 95 and Asaph 128 parishes.
In the Prouince of Yorke.
Yorke hath Yorke & Nottingham. Westchester, Cheshire, Richmondshire, and part of Flint and Denbigh in Wales. Duresme hath the Bishopricke of Duresme, and Northumberland. Carlile hath Cumberland and Westmerland.
Of the Shires, Cities, and Boroughes of England that haue any Knights, or Burgesses in the Parliament house, the Shires standing Alphabetically.
- Barkshire.
- New-windsor,
- Reading.
- Wallingford.
- Abington.
- Bedfordshire.
- Bedford towne.
- Buckeinghamshi [...]e.
- Bukingham T
- Wickham.
- Alisbury.
- Cambridge towne.
- Cheshire, Chester cittie
- Cumberland, Carlile ci.
- Corn wall.
- Launceston alia Newport,
- Lesthued,
- Dunheuet Turo,
- Bodmin,
- Holston,
- Saltash,
- Camelford
- Grampond,
- Poney.
- Trogony
- Tresmena, alia Basing,
- S. Iues
- S. Iermeines.
- S. Michael,
- Foy,
- S. Maws,
- Castled.
- Darby towne.
- Deuonshire
- Exceter Citie.
- Toines.
- Plimmouth.
- Barstable.
- Plimtō,
- Stonestocke.
- Clyston,
- Dartmouth, whose proper name is Hardnesse.
- Dorsethire.
- Poole,
- Dorcester Line,
- Melcombe
- Waymouth,
- Bertport,
- Shaftbury.
- Wareham.
- Essex.
- Colchester,
- Malden.
- Glocestershire.
- Glocester Citie.
- Cicester towne.
- Hartfordshi.
- S. Albons.
- Herefordshire.
- Hereford Citie.
- Lemster towne.
- [Page 200]Hūtingtonshire.
- Huntington
- Towne.
- Kent.
- Canterbury.
- Rochester
- Maidstone.
- Quinborough
- Lancashire.
- Lancaster town.
- Preston in Holdernesse.
- Leuerpoole tow.
- Newton,
- Wigan,
- Clithero.
- Leicestershi,
- Leicester Towne.
- Lincolnesh [...]re.
- Lincolne Citty,
- Grimby.
- Stamford,
- Grantham,
- Boston.
- Middlesex.
- London Citty,
- Westminsterci.
- Norfolk
- Norwich Citty.
- Linne.
- Thetford town
- Gr. Yarmouth.
- Castell rising
- Norrhhamptō shire.
- Northamptō T.
- Peterborow Ci.
- Higham Ferry.
- Northū berlandshire.
- Newcastle vpō tine,
- Barwicke town,
- Morpith,
- & the Bishoprick of Durham.
- Nottinghā shire.
- Nottingham T.
- East Stretford.
- Oxfordshire,
- Oxford Citty.
- Woodstocke,
- Banbury.
- Richmondshire.
- Rutlandshire.
- Shropshire,
- Shrewsbury,
- Bridge-North
- Ludlow,
- Wenlocke.
- Bishops castle.
- Somersetshire,
- Bristow & Bath cities,
- Welscitty,
- Taunton
- Bridgwater.
- Minhead.
- Southhamptōshire,
- Winchester Ci.
- Southampton.
- Portsmouth.
- Petersfield.
- Stocke-bridge,
- Christs-church.
- Whit-church.
- [Page 201]Staffordshire
- Lichfieild City.
- Stafford T.
- Newcastle vnderline.
- Tamworth.
- Suffolk
- Ipswich,
- Donewich,
- Orford,
- Alderburgh,
- Sudbury,
- Ely.
- Surrie.
- Southwarke.
- Blechingley,
- Riegate,
- Guilford,
- Gatton.
- Suffex.
- Norsham,
- Midhurst,
- Lewes,
- Shorehame,
- Brandbro.
- Steining,
- east gréenstead,
- Arundell,
- Chichester Citi.
- Warwickeshire.
- Couentrie City.
- Warwick town
- Westme [...]lād.
- Appleby
- Towne.
- Wiltshire.
- Salisbury Citi.
- Noua Wiston.
- Downtō,
- Hinden,
- Hetesbury.
- Westbury,
- Calue,
- Deuises.
- Chippingham,
- Malmsbury,
- Cricklad,
- Old Salisbury,
- Wotton basset,
- Marleborough,
- Bodwine the great,
- Lodgershull.
- Worcestershire
- Worcester Cif.
- Wiche.
- Yorkeshire.
- Yorke Citie,
- Sharborough T
- Kingston vpon Hull.
- Hedon,
- Thuske.
- Knaresborough.
- Rippon.
- Borough-bridge
- Alderborugh,
- Beuerly.
- Mountgomeryshire,
- Mountgomery Towne.
- Monmouthshire.
- Monmouth Towne.
- Radnorshire.
- Radnor Towne.
- Denbighshire.
- Denbigh Towne.
- Penbrookeshire.
- Penbrooke Towne.
- Cardigāshire
- Cardigan Towne.
- Flineshire.
- Flint Towne.
- Carmarthē shire.
- Carmarthen Towne.
- Carnaruāshire.
- Carnaruan Towne.
- Breckenockeshire.
- Brecknocke Towne.
- Anglesey.
- Newborough Towne.
- Merionethshire.
- Clamorgāshire.
- Cardiffe & Heruerd Townes.
1 | Barkeshire, | 140 |
2 | Bedfordshire, | 116 |
3 | Buckingham, | 185 |
4 | Cambridgeshi. | 163 |
5 | Cheshire. | 68 |
6 | Cumberland | 58 |
7 | Cornewall, | 161 |
8 | Derbyshire, | 106 |
9 | Deuonshire. | 394 |
10 | Dorsetshire. | 248 |
11 | Essex, | 415 |
12 | Glocestershire. | 280 |
13 | Hartfordshire. | 120 |
14 | Herefordshire, | 176 |
15 | Huntington, | 78 |
16 | Kent, | 398 |
17 | Lancashire, | 36 |
18 | Leicestershire, | 200 |
19 | Lincolneshire, | 630 |
20 | Middlesex, | 73 |
21 | Norfolke, | 660 |
22 | Northampton, | 320 |
23 | Northumberlā | 168 |
24 | Nottingham, | 168 |
25 | Richmondshi. | 104 |
26 | Rutlandshire, | 47 |
27 | Oxfordshire, | 280 |
28 | Shropshire. | 170 |
29 | Somersetshire, | 385 |
30 | Southampton, | 253 |
31 | Staffordshire, | 130 |
32 | Suffolke, | 575 |
33 | Surrey, | 140 |
34 | Sussex, | 312 |
35 | Warwickshire. | 158 |
36 | Westmerland. | 26 |
37 | Wiltshire, | 304 |
38 | Worcestershire | 152 |
39 | Yorkeshire. | 459 |
WALES. | ||
1 | Montgomery, | 47 |
2 | Monmouthshi. | 127 |
3 | Radnorshire, | 52 |
4 | Denbighshire, | 57 |
5 | Penbrooke, | 145 |
6 | Cardiganshire, | 64 |
7 | Flintshire, | 28 |
8 | Carmarthenshi | 87 |
9 | Brecknockshire | 61 |
10 | Anglesey. | 74 |
11 | Merionethshire | 37 |
12 | Clamorganshi. | 118 |
13 | Carnaruan shi. | 68 |
A Computation of the seuen Ages of the world for this present yeare. 1612.
From the
- First Age.
- Creation vnto the Flood. 1656
- Creation till this yeare, is 5574
- Flood till this yeare, are, 3918
- secōd Age.
- Floud to Abraham, is, 292
- Birth of Abraham till this yeare, 3626
- third Age.
- Birth of Abraham till the departing of the Israelites out of Egypt. 503
- Departing of ye Iraelites till this yeare. 3121
- fourth Age.
- Departing of ye Israelites vntill the building of the Temple. 482
- Building of the Temple till this yeare. 2641
- fifth Age.
- Building of ye Temple til the Captiuity of Babylon. 414
- Captiuity of Babylon till this yeare. 2252
- sixth Age.
- Captiuity of Babylon till the Birth of Christ. 614
The seuenth Age beginneth at ye birth of Christ, & hath continued 1612 yeares at the 25 of March, and so forth to the pleasure of God.
A Geographicall Description of the wales from one notable Towne to another, ouer all England, and thereby how to trauell from any of them to the Citie of London, set forth after a new order.
Note that the figures in the rowes vnder this marke *, is the distance of that towne they stand against from London, or from the towne you are directed vnto.
From Yorke to London 150. miles.
From Yorke go first vnto Tadcaster, which is 8. miles. thence to
Miles | * | |
Wenthridge | 12 | 130 |
Doncaster | 7 | 123 |
Tuxford | 18 | 105 |
New-market, | 10 | 95 |
Grantham, | 10 | 85 |
Stanford | 16 | 69 |
Stilton | 12 | 57 |
Huntington | 9 | 48 |
Royston | 15 | 33 |
Ware | 13 | 20 |
Waltham | 8 | 12 |
London | 12 |
From Norwich to London, 86 miles.
From Norwich go first vnto Windam, which is 5 miles. thence to
Miles. | * | |
Acleborrought, | 5 | 76 |
Thetford | 10 | 66 |
Ickinghā sands, | 6 | 60 |
New-market. | 10 | 50 |
Whitford bridge, | 10 | 40 |
Barkewaie, | 10 | 30 |
Puckeridge, | 5 | 25 |
Ware, | 5 | 20 |
Waltham | 8 | 12 |
London. | 12 |
From Yarmouth to Colchester, and so to London, 92. miles.
From Yarmouth go first to Lestisse, 6 miles. thence to
miles | * | |
Blidbur, | 10 | 76 |
Snap-bridge, | 8 | 68 |
Wood-bridge, | 6 | 62 |
Ipswich, | 7 | 55 |
Colchester, | 12 | 43 |
Keluedon. | 8 | 35 |
Thelmsfoord | 10 | 25 |
Brent-wood, | 10 | 15 |
London. | 15 |
From Walsingham to London 82 miles.
From Walsingham go to Pickam 12 miles. thence to
Brandon-Ferry. | 10 | 60 |
Newmarket, | 10 | 50 |
Whitford-bridge. | 10 | 40 |
to London as in Norwich way. |
From Cockermouth to Lancaster, and so to London, 223 Miles.
First go from Cockermouth to kiswike, 6 miles. thence to
Grocener, | 8 | 217 |
Kendall | 14 | 209 |
Burton, | 7 | 195 |
Lancaster, | 8 | 188 |
Preston, | 20 | 180 |
Wigan | 14 | 160 |
Warington, | 12 | 146 |
Newcastle, | 20 | 134 |
Liechfield, | 20 | 114 |
Colesill | 12 | 94 |
Couentry, | 8 | 82 |
Deuentry, | 14 | 74 |
Tocester, | 10 | 60 |
Stonystrat-ford | 6 | 50 |
Brickehill, | 7 | 44 |
Dunstable, | 7 | 30 |
S. Albons, | 10 | 20 |
Barnet | 10 | 10 |
London | 10 |
From Shrewesbury to Couentry, and so to London, 126 Miles.
From Shrewsbury go to Watlingstréet, 7 miles. thence to
Miles | * | |
Shefnall, | 5 | 114 |
Bumingall, | 3 | 111 |
Woluerhampton | 5 | 106 |
Bremichā, | 10 | 96 |
Meriden, | 10 | 86 |
Couentry, | 4 | 82 |
London, as in Lancaster-way. |
From Cambridge to London, 44 Miles.
First go to Royston, from Cambridge 10 miles. thēce to
Barke-way, | 4 | 30 |
Puckeridge, | 5 | 25 |
Ware. | 5 | 20 |
Waltham | 8 | 12 |
London | 12 |
From Oxford to London 47 Miles.
First go to whatley-bridge, from Oxford 5 miles. thēce to
Tetsworth, | 5 | 37 |
Stokē-church, | 5 | 32 |
Wickham, | 5 | 27 |
Beconfield, | 5 | 22 |
Vxbridge | 7 | 15 |
London, | 15 |
From Ludlow to Worcester, and so to London, 106 Miles.
From Ludlow go to Tenbury, which is 5 miles. thence to
Worcester, | 16 | 85 |
Euisham, | 12 | 73 |
Chipingnorton, | 14 | 59 |
Islip, | 12 | 47 |
Wickhā. | 20 | 27 |
Becōfield, | 5 | 22 |
Vxbridge, | 7 | 15 |
London, | 15 |
From Carmarthen to London.
Go first to Laundouery which is 20 miles. thēce to
miles | * | |
Belth, | 14 | 135 |
Preston, | 12 | 123 |
VVorcester, | 26 | 85 |
London, as in Ludlow-way. |
From S. Dauids to Hereford, and Glocester, and so to London, 210 Miles.
From S. Dauids go to Axford, 12 miles. thence to
Carmarthē, | 24 | 174 |
Newton, | 12 | 162 |
Lanbury, | 10 | 152 |
Breeknock, | 16 | 136 |
Hay, | 10 | 126 |
Hereford, | 14 | 112 |
Rosie, | 19 | 93 |
Glocester, | 12 | 81 |
Ciceter, | 15 | 66 |
Farington, | 10 | 56 |
Abington, | 10 | 46 |
Dorcester, | 5 | 41 |
Henley, | 12 | 29 |
Maidenhead, | 7 | 22 |
Colebrooke | 7 | 15 |
Hounslow, | 5 | 10 |
London, | 10 |
From Carnaruan to Chester, and so to London, 207 Miles.
Go first vnto Conaway, which is 24 miles. thence to
Denbigh, | 11 | 162 |
Flint, | 12 | 160 |
Chester, | 10 | 150 |
VVich; | 15 | 135 |
Stone, | 15 | 120 |
Liechfild, | 18 | 102 |
Colesill | 12 | 90 |
Couentry, | 8 | 82 |
London, as in Cockermouth-way. |
From Bristow to London, 97 miles.
First go vnto Marefall, which is 10 miles. thence to
Chipnam, | 10 | 77 |
Marleborow, | 15 | 62 |
Hungerford, | 8 | 54 |
Newbery, | 7 | 47 |
Reading, | 15 | 32 |
Maidēhead, | 10 | 22 |
Colebrooke, | 7 | 15 |
London | 15 |
From Exceter to London, 138 miles,
Goe first vnto Honiton, which is 12 miles. thence to
Chartd, | 10 | 116 |
Crookborne, | 6 | 110 |
Sherborne, | 10 | 100 |
shafts-bury, | 12 | 88 |
Salisbury, | 18 | 70 |
Andeuer, | 15 | 55 |
Basingstoke, | 16 | [...]9 |
Hartlerow, | 8 | 31 |
Bagshote, | 8 | 23 |
Stanes, | 8 | 15 |
London | 15 |
From Douer to London, 55 miles.
First go vnto Canterbury, which is 12 miles. thēce to
Sittingborne, | 12 | 31 |
Rochester, | 8 | 23 |
Grauesend, | 5 | 18 |
Dartford, | 6 | 12 |
London, | 12 |
From Rye to London, 48 miles.
First go to Plimwell, which is 15 miles, thē to
Tunbridge, | 11 | 23 |
Chepstow, | 7 | 15 |
London, | 1 [...] |
From Southampton to London, 64 miles.
Go first vnto Twifor, which is 8 miles. thence to
Alforth, | 8 | 48 |
Alton, | 7 | 41 |
Farnam, | 7 | 34 |
Gilford, | 9 | 25 |
Ripple, | 5 | 20 |
Cobbam, | 5 | 15 |
Kingston, | 5 | 10 |
London, | 10 |
From Couentry to Oxford, 44 miles.
First go vnto Southam, 10 miles. thē to
miles | * | |
Banbury, | 10 | 24 |
VVoodstocke, | 12 | 12 |
Oxford, | 12 |
From Couentry to Cambridge, 46 miles.
Go first to Dun-church, which is 8 miles. thē to
Northampton, | 10 | 28 |
Higham ferries, | 10 | 18 |
S. Cedes, | 8 | 10 |
Cābridge, | 10 |
From Bristow to Oxford, 48 miles.
Go first vnto Sadbury, 10 miles. thē to
Cicester, | 12 | 26 |
Faringdon, | 14 | 12 |
Oxford, | 12 |
From Bristow to Shrewsbury, 70 miles.
First go to Awfte, which is 8 miles. thēce to
Munmouth, | 10 | 52 |
Hereford, | 12 | 40 |
Lempster, | 12 | 28 |
Ludlow, | 8 | 20 |
Shrewsbury, | 20 |
There is another way to goe to Shrewsbury from Bristow, as to Glocester, Tewkesbury, Worcester, and Bridgenorth, &c, but it is 17. miles further, and then you passe no Ferry.
From Yorke to Shrewsbury 103 miles.
Go first to VVetherby, which is 7. miles, thence to
Oteley, | 13 | 83 |
Bradford, | 6 | 77 |
Halifax, | 6 | 71 |
Blackston-edge, | 6 | 65 |
Roch-dale, | 6 | 59 |
Manchester, | 8 | 51 |
Norwich, | 16 | 36 |
Bestō-wood, | 9 | 26 |
whitchurch | 10 | 16 |
Price, | 4 | 12 |
Shrewesbury | 12 |
From Barwicke to Yorke 108 miles.
Go first to Belford, which is 12 miles. thence to
Anwicke, | 12 | 84 |
Morpit, | 12 | 72 |
Newcastle, | 12 | 60 |
Durham, | 12 | 48 |
Darington, | 14 | 34 |
Noorthalerton, | 10 | 24 |
Topcliffe, | 7 | 17 |
Yorke,, | 17 |
Of the distance of diuers other Citties out of England from the Citty of London, &c.
- VIrginia lyeth West South-west, 3650 miles from London, and their longest day is 14. houres, min. 28. Sunne riseth at 8 a clocke, & 17. minutes.
- Babylon lyeth East South-east, 2710 miles their longest day being 14. minutes shorter then at Virginia, Sun rising 4 houres 59 minutes.
- Ierusalem lyeth South-east by East, 2320 miles, lying vnder the parallell with Babylon, Sunneriseth 3. houres 6. minutes before vs,
- [Page 212]Constantinople lyeth East South-east 1480 miles, whose longest day is 15. houres, 24 min: Sunne riseth at 5 and 24 minutes.
- Rome lyeth South-east, 896 miles, their longest day being 15 houres 4 minutes, at 5 and 28 minutes, the Sun riseth,
- Lisbone lyeth South South-west, 776 miles, the longest day being 14 houres, 44 min. at 5 and 26 min. the Sunne riseth.
- Geneua lyeth South-east 440 miles, the longest day being 15 houres 34 min. Sunne riseth at 5. hou. 8 minutes,
- Dublin lyeth North-west and by North, 290 miles, the longest day being 16 houres, 44 min. Sunne riseth at 2 houres and 48 minutes in the morning.
- Edenborough lyeth North North-west 286 miles, the longest day being 17 houres, 22 min. Sunne riseth 3 hou. 9. minutes.
- Paris lyeth Southeast & by South, 240 miles, the longest day being 16 houres, Sun riseth at 4. of the clocke, and 3. minutes.
Years of our Lord. | post. cōq. | K. reigne. | time expired. | Easter day. | VVilliam, Duke of Normandy, base sonne of Robert the 5 Duke of that Dutchy, and cousin germane to King Edvvard, after the battell at Hastings came to London, & was crownd on Christmas day, 1067, but according to the Church now, 1066. |
Wil. Conque began. Oct. 14 | |||||
1066 | 1 | 1 | 546 | April 16 | |
1067 | 1 | 1 | 545 | 8 | The King besieged Exceter. |
1068 | 2 | 2 | 544 | ma. 23. F | Ro. Cum. Ear. of Northū slain by the Cōmons, |
1069 | 3 | 3 | 543 | Aprill, 2 | The English came out of Scotl. against the K. |
1070 | 4 | 4 | 542 | 4 | The K. bereued all abbies of their treasures. |
1071 | 5 | 5 | 541 | 24. | The castle of Ledes and Oxford built. |
1072 | 6 | 6 | 540 | 8 A | The King inuaded Scotland, forced the King to homage. |
1073 | 7 | 7 | 539 | Mar. 31 | |
1074 | 8 | 8 | 538 | April 20 | Married priests remoued by the Pope. |
1075 | 9 | 9 | 537 | 5 | Bishop of Durham slaine for his cruelty. |
1076 | 10 | 10 | 536 | ma. 27. C | A great Frost from October till April. |
1077 | 11 | 11 | 535 | April 16 | A blazing star on palm-sunday nere the sun. |
1078 | 12 | 12 | 534 | 8 | The Towre of London built by the King. |
1079 | 13 | 13 | 533 | ma. 24. | A great murther by an Abbot in his Church, who killed 3 Monkes, wounded 18 men, that their bloud ranne from the altar downe the steps, at Glastenbury: and this yeare was an earth-quake on Christmas day. |
1080 | 14 | 14 | 532 | apr. 12. E | |
1081 | 15 | 15 | 531 | aprill 4 | |
1082 | 16 | 16 | 530 | aprill 24 | |
1083 | 17 | 17 | 529 | aprill 9 | England surucied, rated, & the men [...]bred. |
1084 | 18 | 18 | 528 | ma. 31. G | The King had homage generally, and 6 shillings for euery hide land. |
1085 | 19 | 19 | 527 | aprill 25 | |
1086 | 20 | 20 | 526 | aprill 5 | Battle Abby, Stelby Abby built by the King. |
1087 | 21 | 21 | 525 | mar. 28 | Gavvens sepulchre found in Wales. |
Wil Conq. died Sept. 9. Defect. Wil Ruf. began Sept. 9. Defect. | He died, hauing reigned 20 yea. 11 mo, & 14 dayes in anno 1087, buried in Normandy, |
Anno Domini. | Post Cōq | K. Reigne | time expired | Easter day. | Rufus was a variable man, couetous, & an oppressor of the Commons, & very prodigal. Henry brother to Rufus, borne at Salby, called Beauclarke for his learning. |
1087 | 21 | 1 | 525 | mar. 28 | The Nobles rebell, and are vanquished at the Castle of Rochester. |
1088 | 22 | 1 | 524 | Apr. 16 B | |
1089 | 23 | 2 | 523 | aprill. 1 | |
1090 | 24 | 3 | 522 | april. 21 | The King of Scots did homage, |
1091 | 25 | 4 | 521 | april 13 | The King built the Castle of Tine. |
1092 | 26 | 5 | 520 | ma. 28. D | The Earle of Northumberland slew the King of Scots, and his Sonne. |
1093 | 27 | 6 | 519 | aprill 17 | |
1094 | 28 | 7 | 518 | aprill. 9 | The King assaulted Wales, but did no good. |
1095 | 29 | 8 | 517 | mar. 25 | Warres aginst the Infidels. |
1096 | 30 | 9 | 516 | apr. 13. F | R. Duke of Norm. went towards Ierusalem. |
1097 | 31 | 10 | 515 | aprill, 5 | The Earldō of Goodwin drownd by the sea. |
1098 | 33 | 11 | 514 | mar, 28 | Ierusalem yeelded to Godfrey of Bullen: also in this sommer bloud sprang out of the earth in Barkeshire, at Finchamsteed. |
1099 | 33 | 12 | 513 | aprill 20 | |
1100 | 34 | 13 | 512 | aprill 1 | |
Wil. Rufus slaine, Aug. 1 Defect Henry the 1 begā. Aug. 1 Defect | K. Rufus reigned 12 yeares, II monethes, 2 weeks, 3 dayes, being slaine with an arrow. | ||||
1100 | 34 | 1 | 512 | Apr, 1 A | S. Edw. lawes restored: the yard made. |
1101 | 35 | 1 | 511 | april 21 | Winchester and Glocester burnt. |
1102 | 36 | 2 | 510 | april, 6 | Norwich Church, & S. Bartholmews hospital built, the one by that Bishop, the other by a minstrel: |
1103 | 37 | 3 | 509 | mar. 29 | |
1104 | 38 | 4 | 508 | apr, 17 C | |
1105 | 39 | 5 | 507 | april, 9 | 4 circles & ablazing star appeare about the sunne. |
1106 | 40 | 6 | 506 | april. 25 | |
1107 | 41 | 7 | 505 | april. 14 | The K. perpetually imprisons his brothers, 8 and Trinity within Algate is founded. |
1108 | 42 | 8 | 504 | apr. 5. E | |
1109 | 43 | 9 | 503 | april, 25 | The Emperor Henry maried the K daughter. |
1110 | 44 | 10 | 502 | april, 20 | Robert the Kings base sonne made first Earle of Glocester. |
1111 | 45 | 11 | 501 | aprill, 2 | |
1112 | 46 | 12 | 500 | apr. 23 G | The King inuades Normandy, 12 |
1113 | 47 | 13 | 499 | april, 6 | Great mortality, 13 |
1114 | 48 | 14 | 498 | mar. 29 | Worcester burnt, 14 |
1115 | 49 | 15 | 497 | april, 18 | Octo. 10. Thames and Medway dry, 15. Chester burnt: a blazing starre. |
1116 | 50 | 16 | 496 | apr. 2 B | The moone seemed turned into bloud. |
1117 | 51 | 17 | 495 | mar. 25 | |
1118 | 52 | 18 | 494 | april. 14 | S. Giles without Oldburn built by Q. Maud, 18 |
1119 | 53 | 19 | 493 | april, 6 | The order of Templars began, 19 |
1120 | 54 | 20 | 492 | apr. 18 D | Many battles betwixt the English & French King, 20 |
1121 | 55 | 21 | 491 | apr. 10 | |
1122 | 56 | 22 | 490 | mar. 26 | The King returning to England, his children, & the Duke of Normandy, with 160 persons were drowned, Anno Reg 22 |
1123 | 57 | 23 | 489 | april, 15 |
Anno Domini. | Post Cōq. | K Reigne | time expired | Easter day. | Stephen, Earle of Boloine, son of the Earle of Blon and Adela the Conquerours daughter, being wel personaged & fauoured, gentle, politique and martiall, free from exactions, |
1124 | 58 | 24 | 488 | apr. 5. F | |
1125 | 59 | 25 | 487 | mar. 29 | Coyners had their priuy members cut off, and their right hands for false coyning, 25. |
1126 | 60 | 26 | 486 | aprill, 11 | The monastery of S. Oseth in Essex foūded, 26 |
1127 | 61 | 27 | 485 | aprill, 10 | |
1128 | 62 | 28 | 484 | apr. 22. A | Men ware haire like women. |
1229 | 63 | 29 | 483 | aprill, 14 | |
1130 | 64 | 30 | 482 | mar. 30 | |
1131 | 65 | 31 | 481 | april, 21 | The King gaue his daughter the Empresse to the Earle of Angiers, 31. |
1132 | 66 | 32 | 480 | apr. 12. C | Carlile made a Bishoprike, 32. |
1133 | 67 | 33 | 479 | Ma. 25 | From west Cheape to Algate burnt, 33. |
1134 | 68 | 34 | 478 | april, 15 | Worcester defaced with fire, 34. and the Hospitall of S. Crose by Winchester founded by Henry Blors Bishop of Winchester. |
1135 | 69 | 35 | 477 | april, 6 | |
Henry 1 dyed Decem. 2 period, Stephen began Decem. 2 period, | Henry 1 reigned 35 yeares, 4 moneths and 11 dayes, boweld at Roan, buried at Reading | ||||
1135 | 69 | 1 | 477 | april. 6. | |
1136 | 70 | 1 | 476 | ma. 22. F. | Great fire about London-stone. |
1137 | 71 | 2 | 475 | april, 17 | Exceter besieged by the King, 2. |
1138 | 72 | 3 | 474 | april, 3 | All Rochester burnt with 39 Churches. |
1139 | 73 | 4 | 473 | april. 22 | 10000 Scots slaine by the Bishop of Yorke, for aiding Maud Empresse, 4. |
1140 | 74 | 5 | 472 | apr. 7. F | |
1141 | 75 | 6 | 471 | mar 30 | The Earle of Glocester inuaded Notinghā, 6 |
1142 | 76 | 7 | 470 | april, 19 | Lincoln besiged, the K. prisoner & restored, 7 The King besieged Waltham Castle. |
1143 | 77 | 8 | 469 | april. 4 | |
1144 | 78 | 9 | 468 | ma. 26. B | Boxley Abbey founded, Anno Reg. 9. |
1145 | 79 | 10 | 467 | april, 15 | The King forceth the Towre of London frō the Earle of Essex, at S. Albons, 10. |
1146 | 80 | 11 | 466 | april, 14 | |
1147 | 81 | 12 | 465 | april, 20 | The Empresse goes into Norway. |
1148 | 82 | 13 | 464 | apr. 11 D | |
1149 | 83 | 14 | 463 | april, 13 | S. Katherines by the Towre built for poore, by Queene Matild, Anno Reg. 14. |
1150 | 84 | 15 | 462 | april, 16 | |
1151 | 85 | 16 | 461 | april 18 | England was full of trouble and warres, 16 Gratianus dyed. |
1152 | 86 | 17 | 460 | ma. 30. F | Queene Maud deceased, |
1153 | 87 | 18 | 459 | april, 19 | |
1154 | 88 | 19 | 458 | april, 4 | |
Stephen dyed, Octo, 25 Defect. Henry 2 began Octo, 25 Defect. | He reigned 18 years, 11. moneths, 18 dayes, and buried at Feuersham in Kent, | ||||
1154 | 88 | 1 | 458 | april. 4 | Flemings departed Englād, their castle spoiled, being built to pill the rich, and spoyle the poore. |
1155 | 89 | 1 | 457 | mar. 27 | |
1156 | 90 | 2 | 456 | apri, 5. A | |
1157 | 91 | 3 | 455 | Ma. 31 | The K. goes against Wales, fels their woods. |
Anno Domini. | Post Cōg. | K Reigne | time expired. | Easter day. | Henry 2. son of Ieffery P [...]anta [...]enet, and Maud the Empresse, he was noble, wise, stedfast, yet a wedlocke-breaker. Richard the 1, for his valour called Cordelion, son of Henry the 2. who would haue no Iews nor women at his Coronation. |
1158 | 92 | 4 | 454 | april, 20 | |
1159 | 93 | 5 | 453 | april, 12 | The K. had 124 p. Escuage of the English. 5. |
1160 | 94 | 6 | 452 | ma. 27. C | The Kings sonne marieth the French Kings daughter, he 7, she 2 yeares old, Anno Reg. 6. |
1161 | 95 | 7 | 451 | april, 16 | |
1162 | 96 | 8 | 450 | aprill, 8. | 30 Germans professed théselues publicans, they be burnt with a letter, and whipped, 8. |
1163 | 97 | 9 | 449 | mar. 25. | London bridge new built with timber, |
1164 | 98 | 10 | 448 | apr. 12. E | |
1165 | 99 | 11 | 447 | april, 4 | |
1166 | 100 | 12 | 446 | april, 24 | A great Earth-quake in Ely, &c. 12 |
1167 | 101 | 13 | 445 | aprill, 9 | Wars betwixt Englād & France renewed, 13 |
1168 | 102 | 14 | 444 | ma. 31. G | |
1169 | 103 | 15 | 443 | april, 29 | The king crowns his son in his own time, 15. |
1170 | 104 | 16 | 442 | aprill. 5 | Thomas Becket murthered: after was the regiment of Ireland granted to the King by Pope Adrian the 4, an Englishman, called Nicholas Breake speare. |
1171 | 105 | 17 | 441 | mar. 28 | |
1172 | 106 | 18 | 440 | apr. 16. B | |
1173 | 107 | 19 | 439 | aprill, 8 | Leicester burnt & razed: K. of Scots prisoner |
1174 | 108 | 20 | 438 | mar. 24. | K. Henry the son, &c. reconciled to the King. |
1175 | 109 | 21 | 437 | april, 13 | The King and his son visit T. Beckets tombe London-bridge built with stone, towards the which, a Cardinall, and the Arch-bishop of Canterbury gaue 1000 markes. |
1176 | 110 | 22 | 436 | apr. 4. D | |
1177 | 111 | 23 | 435 | april, 24 | |
1178 | 112 | 24 | 434 | april, 9. | |
1179 | 113 | 25 | 433 | aprill, 1 | |
1180 | 114 | 26 | 432 | apr. 20 F | Vsurers punished. |
1181 | 115 | 27 | 431 | april, 5 | |
1182 | 116 | 28 | 430 | mar. 28 | S. Austines in Bristow founded. |
1183 | 117 | 29 | 429 | aprill, 17 | |
1184 | 118 | 30 | 428 | apr. 1 A | The king sent an army into Wales. |
1185 | 119 | 31 | 427 | april, 21 | Glocester burnt. |
1186 | 120 | 32 | 426 | april, 13 | Paris in Fraunce, and London paued, and thatching in both left, because all lubericke was spoiled thereby with fire: Maud the Empresse dveth |
1187 | 121 | 33 | 425 | mar. 29 | |
1188 | 122 | 34 | 424 | apr 17 C | |
1189 | 123 | 35 | 423 | aprill, 9. | |
Henry the 2 dieth Iuly, 6 Defecti. Rich. the 1. began Iuly, 6 Defecti. | He reigned 34 ye 9 mo. 1. day, & is buried at Fonterland in a monastery by him founded. | ||||
1189 | 123 | 1 | 423 | aprill, 9 | Robert Hood, and little Iohn, and this yeare London obtained to bee gouerned by Sheriffes and Maiors. |
1190 | 124 | 1 | 422 | mar. 25 | |
1191 | 125 | 2 | 421 | aprill, 14 | |
1192 | 126 | 3 | 420 | am. 5. E | King Richard taken prisoner by Leopold, |
Anno Domini. | post conquestum | K. reigne. | time expired. 612 | Easter day. | K. lohs, brother to K. Richard the I. was of complection melancholy: Hee granted the Shrief wicke of London & Midolesex to the Citizens for 300. pound perannum, as of old. |
1193 | 127 | 4 | 419 | mar. 28 | His ranfome was 100000. pound. |
1194 | 128 | 5 | 418 | april, 10 | |
1195 | 129 | 6 | 417 | april, 2 | The King Crowned againe, Anno Reg. 6. The King complains of Leopold to the Pope. |
1196 | 130 | 7 | 416 | apr. 21. G | He excommunicates Leop. Duke of Austria. |
1197 | 131 | 8 | 415 | april, 6 | The King, & the Earle of Flanders conspire. |
1198 | 132 | 9 | 414 | mar. 29 | The King tooke 5 shillings of euery Hydeland through England. |
1199 | 133 | 10 | 413 | aprill, 18 | |
Rich the 1. slaine Aprill, 6. period. K. Iohn began. Aprill, 6. period. | Richard the 1 reigned 9 years, & 9 moneths, buried at Founteuerard, his heart at Roan, his bowels at Chalne. | ||||
1199 | 133 | 1 | 413 | april, 18 | |
1200 | 134 | 1 | 412 | apri, 9. B | |
1201 | 135 | 2 | 411 | mar. 25 | The King had 3 shillin. for euery plow-land. |
1202 | 136 | 3 | 410 | april, 14 | The King of Scots, with many of his Nobility, did homage to the King at Lincolne. |
1203 | 137 | 4 | 409 | aprill, 6 | |
1204 | 138 | 5 | 408 | ap. 28. D | |
1205 | 139 | 6 | 407 | april, 12 | Arthur Earle of Brittaine murthered. By reason of a frost from Ianuary to March, wheat was sold for a marke the Quarter. which before was at 12 pence, Anno Reg 6. |
1206 | 140 | 7 | 406 | aprill, 2 | |
1207 | 141 | 8 | 405 | april, 22 | The King took the 13 part of all moueable, goods, both of the Lay and Religious. |
1208 | 142 | 9 | 404 | apr. 6 F | |
1209 | 143 | 10 | 403 | mar. 29 | London-bridge builded with stone, and this yeare the Citizens of London had a grant to choose them a Mayor: and the king of Scots gaue 11000 markes, and his two daughters for a pledge for a treaty of peace. |
1210 | 144 | 11 | 402 | aprill, 10 | |
1211 | 145 | 12 | 401 | aprill, 3 | |
1212 | 146 | 13 | 400 | ma. 25. A | |
1213 | 147 | 14 | 399 | aprill, 13 | |
1214 | 148 | 15 | 398 | april, 6 | By meanes of Pandulph the Barons excommunicated, their Charter and Liberties before granted, disanulled. |
1215 | 149 | 16 | 397 | aprill, 9 | |
1216 | 150 | 17 | 396 | apr, 10 C | |
King Iohn dyed, Octob. 19 periodic. K. Henry 3 began Octob. 19 periodic. | He reigned 17 years, & 17 weekes, buried at Worcester, dying at Newarke Castle, with much griefe for the losse of diners things. | ||||
1216 | 150 | 1 | 396 | apr. 10. C | |
1217 | 151 | 1 | 395 | mar. 26 | |
1218 | 152 | 2 | 394 | mar. 25 | |
1219 | 153 | 3 | 393 | aprill, 7 | |
1220 | 154 | 4 | 392 | ma. 29 E. | The new worke of our Lady Chappell at Westminster begun by the King. |
1221 | 155 | 5 | 391 | april, 11 | |
1222 | 156 | 6 | 390 | aprill. 3 | |
1223 | 157 | 7 | 389 | april. 23 | |
1224 | 158 | 8 | 388 | aprill, 14 | The King of Ierusalem seeketh aid of the King to win Ierusalem. |
1225 | 159 | 9 | 387 | mar 30 |
Anno Domini. | Post conquestum | K Reigne | time expired. 1612 | Easter day. | Henry the 3 eldest son of Iohn, aged 9 yeares, was crowned at Glocester, remaining in custody of VVil Marshall Earle of Penbrooke, in his life hee tooke the 15 part of all mens goods moueable. |
1226 | 160 | 10 | 380 | april, 19 | The Citizens of London had liberty to hunt a certaine distance about the City, and to passe toll-free through England, anno reg. 10. |
1227 | 161 | 11 | 385 | april. 11 | |
1228 | 162 | 12 | 384 | ma. 26 B | |
1229 | 163 | 13 | 383 | april, 15 | |
1230 | 164 | 14 | 382 | april, 7 | |
1231 | 165 | 15 | 381 | mar. 23 | Thunder lasted 15 daies; beginning the morrow after S. Martins day. |
1232 | 166 | 16 | 380 | april 12 | |
1233 | 167 | 17 | 379 | apr. 3 D | Foure Sunnes appeared beside the true Sun, of a red colour. |
1234 | 168 | 18 | 378 | april, 23 | |
1235 | 169 | 19 | 377 | april, 8 | The Iewes of Norwich stole a Boy and circumcised him, minding to haue crucified him at Easter. |
1236 | 170 | 20 | 376 | ma. 30. F | |
1237 | 171 | 21 | 375 | april, 19 | |
1238 | 172 | 22 | 374 | april, 4 | |
1239 | 173 | 23 | 373 | mar. 27 | |
1240 | 174 | 24 | 372 | ap, 15 A | |
1241 | 175 | 25 | 371 | april, 14 | The Iews were forced to giue 20000 marks at two termes in the yeare, or suffer perpetuall prison, Anno Reg. 25. |
1242 | 176 | 26 | 370 | april, 20 | |
1243 | 177 | 27 | 369 | april, 12 | |
1244 | 178 | 28 | 368 | apr, 3 C | |
1245 | 179 | 29 | 367 | april. 16 | |
1246 | 180 | 30 | 366 | april, 8 | The King enlarged the Church of S. Peters in Westminster. |
1247 | 181 | 31 | 365 | mar. 31 | |
1248 | 182 | 32 | 364 | apr, 19 E | The King farmed Queene-hiue for 50 pound per annum, to the Citizens. |
1249 | 183 | 33 | 363 | april. 4 | |
1250 | 184 | 34 | 362 | ma. 27 | |
1251 | 185 | 35 | 361 | apr. 10 | Great tempests vpon the sea and fearefull: and this yeare the King granted, that wheretofore the Citizens of London were to present the Mayor before the King whersoeuer he were, that now Barons of the Exchequer should serue. |
1252 | 186 | 36 | 360 | mar. 31 | |
1253 | 187 | 37 | 359 | april, 20 | |
1254 | 188 | 38 | 358 | mar. 29 | |
1255 | 189 | 39 | 357 | aprill, 10 | |
1256 | 190 | 40 | 356 | april. 16 | Peter Colledge in Cambridge founded by Hugh Balsama, being after Bishop of Ely. |
1257 | 191 | 41 | 355 | april, 8 | |
1258 | 192 | 42 | 354 | mar. 24 | |
1259 | 193 | 43 | 353 | aprill 3 | |
1260 | 194 | 44 | 352 | apr. 4 D | |
1261 | 195 | 45 | 351 | april. 24 | |
1262 | 196 | 46 | 350 | april, 9 | Baliol Colledge in Oxford founded by Iohn Baliol, father to Iohn Baliol, King of Scots. |
1263 | 167 | 47 | 349 | april, 1 | |
1264 | 198 | 48 | 348 | april, 26 | |
1265 | 199 | 49 | 347 | april, 5 |
Anno Domini. | post conquestum | K. Reigne | time expired. 1612 | Easter day. | Edvvard the 1 after the Conquest son to Henry the 3 surnamed Longshankes, who destroyed the Iews Sinagogue, and after banished them all our of England, bearing their charges till they were out of his Realme. |
1266 | 200 | 50 | 346 | mar. 28 | |
1267 | 201 | 51 | 345 | april, 17 | |
1268 | 202 | 52 | 344 | apr, [...]. A | |
1269 | 203 | 53 | 343 | mar. 24 | The Thames hard frozen from S. Andrew to Candlemas. |
1270 | 204 | 54 | 342 | april, 1 | |
1271 | 205 | 55 | 341 | april, 5 | Bow-steeple fell downe, and did much hurt, Anno Reg. 56. Anno Dom. 1271. |
Henry 3 dyed, Nouemb. 10 period. Edw. 1 began Nouemb. 10 period. | He dyed hauing reigned 56 yeares, and 4 weekes, buried at Westminster. | ||||
1272 | 206 | 1 | 340 | ap. 24. C | |
1273 | 207 | 1 | 339 | april, 9 | |
1274 | 208 | 2 | 338 | april, 1 | |
1275 | 209 | 3 | 337 | april. 14 | Great Earth-quakes, Anno Reg. 3. and vsury forbidden to the Iewes. |
1276 | 210 | 4 | 336 | apr. 3 E | |
1277 | 211 | 5 | 335 | mar. 28 | |
1278 | 212 | 6 | 334 | april, 17 | Merton Colledge in Oxford founded by VValter Merton, 126. and this yeare translated by the King to Oxford: and this yeare also was the statute of Mortmaine enacted. |
1279 | 213 | 7 | 333 | april 2 | |
1280 | 214 | 8 | 332 | apr, 21. G | |
1281 | 215 | 9 | 331 | april 13 | |
1282 | 216 | 10 | 330 | mar. 19 | |
1283 | 217 | 11 | 329 | april, 18 | The Iewes Synagogue destroyed. |
1284 | 218 | 12 | 328 | april 9. B | |
1285 | 219 | 13 | 327 | april, 25 | |
1286 | 220 | 14 | 326 | april, 14 | Knights Templars suppressed, and Knights of the Rhodes ordained. |
1287 | 221 | 15 | 325 | april 6 | |
1288 | 222 | 16 | 324 | ma, 28 D | The extremity of the Sunnes heate killed many. |
1289 | 223 | 17 | 323 | april, 10 | |
1290 | 224 | 18 | 322 | april, 2 | |
1291 | 225 | 19 | 321 | april, 22 | The Iewes corrupting England with vsury, had first a badge giuen them to weare, that they might be knowne, and after were banished to the number of 15000009 persons. |
1292 | 226 | 20 | 320 | april 6. F | |
1293 | 227 | 21 | 319 | mar. 29 | |
1294 | 228 | 22 | 318 | april. 18 | |
1295 | 229 | 23 | 317 | aprill, 3 | |
1296 | 230 | 24 | 316 | ma. 25. A | |
1297 | 231 | 25 | 315 | april, 4 | Iohn Baliol King of Scots contrary to his alegeance rebelled: The King won the Castle of Barwicke and Dunbar, slew 25000 Scots, and conquered Edenborough. |
1298 | 232 | 26 | 314 | april, 6 | |
1299 | 233 | 27 | 313 | april, 19 | |
1300 | 234 | 28 | 312 | apr, 16 C | |
1301 | 235 | 29 | 311 | aprill, 2 | The King againe subdued most part of Scotland, tooke the Castle of Estreucline, with other, and made the Lords sweare him fealty. |
Anno Domini | Post conquestum | K. Reigne | time expired. 1612 | Easter day. | Edvv. the 2. son to Edvv 1. born at Carnaruan, he was comly of body, but vnstedfast of maners, not regarding to gouerne his realme by discretion, which caused much trouble. |
1302 | 236 | 30 | 310 | april. 22 | And 1302. the King gaue his sonne the princedome of Wales, the Dukedome of Cornwal, and Earledome of Chester. |
1303 | 237 | 31 | 309 | aprill, 7 | |
1304 | 238 | 32 | 308 | apr. 29. E | |
1305 | 239 | 33 | 307 | aprill, 18 | |
1306 | 240 | 34 | 306 | aprill, 3 | |
1307 | 241 | 35 | 305 | mar. 26 | |
Edward the 1. dyed, Iuly. Defect Edward the 2. began. Iuly. Defect | He died of a bloudy-flix, hauing reigned 34 vea. 8. mo. & 6. dai. buried at Westminster. | ||||
1307 | 241 | 1 | 305 | mar, 26 | |
1308 | 242 | 1 | 304 | ap. 14, G | Purce of Gaueston exiled. |
1309 | 243 | 2 | 303 | aprill, 6 | |
1310 | 244 | 3 | 302 | april, 19 | Gauestone returned out of Ireland. |
1311 | 245 | 4 | 301 | april, 21 | Gauestone beheaded. |
1312 | 246 | 5 | 300 | ma. 26. B | |
1313 | 247 | 6 | 299 | april, 15 | The battell at Streueling, where the Scots had the better. And this yeare the King of Fraunce burned all his leporous and pocky people, as well men as women: for that he supposed they had poysoned the waters, which caused his leprosie. And about this time, the Iewes had a purpose to poyson all the Christians by poysoning their springs. |
1314 | 248 | 7 | 298 | aprill, 7 | |
1315 | 249 | 8 | 297 | april, 13 | |
1316 | 250 | 9 | 296 | ap. 11 D | |
1317 | 251 | 10 | 295 | aprill, 3 | |
1318 | 252 | 11 | 294 | april, 23 | |
1319 | 253 | 12 | 293 | aprill, 8 | |
1320 | 254 | 13 | 292 | ma. 30. F | |
1321 | 255 | 14 | 291 | apri, 19 | |
1322 | 256 | 15 | 290 | april, 1 [...] | |
1323 | 257 | 16 | 289 | mar 27 | Michaell house in Cambridge founded, by Haruid de Stanton priest. |
1324 | 258 | 17 | 288 | ap. 15. A | |
1325 | 259 | 18 | 287 | aprill, 7 | |
1326 | 260 | 19 | 288 | mar. 23 | Clare-hall builded in Cambridge, first founded by Ri. Badovv, enlarged by Gualther Theasteed, the foundation whereof at last by both them, was resigned to the Lady Elizabeth Claire. |
Edw. the 2. depos. Ianua. 25 period. Edw. the 3. began Ianua. 25 period. | He was deposed by his Queene when he had reigned 19 years, 7 moneths, and 5 daies. | ||||
1326 | 260 | 1. | 286 | mar. 23 | |
1327 | 261 | 1 | 285 | aprill, 1 [...] | |
1328 | 262 | 2 | 284 | apr. 3. C | |
1329 | 263 | 3 | 283 | april, 2 [...] | |
1330 | 264 | 4 | 282 | aprill, [...] | |
1331 | 265 | 5 | 281 | mar. 31 | The Scots seeking to dissolue the siege at Barwicke, were slaine to the number of 8 Earles, 1300 Hors-men, & of common Souldiers 35000. nere to Halidon: he won Barwick & sent Baliol to keep the realme of Scotland. |
1332 | 266 | 6 | 280 | apr. 19. E | |
1333 | 267 | 7 | 279 | aprill, 5 | |
1334 | 268 | 8 | 278 | mar. 27 | |
1335 | 269 | 9 | 277 | april, 16 |
Anno Domini. | post conquestum | K. Reigne | time expired. 1612 | Easter day. | Edvvard the 3 began his reigne at 14 years, ordered then most by Isabell his mother. Richard the 2 began his reigne at 11 yeares old, he was more bountiful then his progenitors, but ruled by yong & idle Councellors, which brought him to misery. |
1336 | 270 | 10 | 276 | apri. 4. G | |
1337 | 271 | 11 | 275 | april, 20 | |
1338 | 272 | 12 | 274 | april, 12 | Queenes Colledge in Oxford founded by the Queenes Chaplaine, R. Englishfield. |
1339 | 273 | 13 | 273 | april, 28 | |
1340 | 274 | 14 | 272 | ap. 16. B | |
1341 | 275 | 15 | 271 | aprill, 8 | |
1342 | 276 | 16 | 270 | mar. 31 | |
1343 | 277 | 17 | 269 | april, 13 | Penbrooke Hall founded in Cambridge, by Mary Valentia. |
1344 | 278 | 18 | 268 | apri, 4 D | |
1345 | 279 | 19 | 267 | mar. 27 | |
1346 | 280 | 20 | 266 | april, 26 | The King saileth into France, & maketh war. . |
1347 | 281 | 21 | 265 | april, 1. | The Scots inuade Northumberland, are put to flight, and their King taken prisoner by the Bishop of Yorke, Moubray, and others |
1348 | 282 | 22 | 264 | apr. 20. F | |
1349 | 283 | 23 | 263 | aprill, 12 | |
1350 | 284 | 24 | 262 | mar. 28 | |
1351 | 285 | 25 | 261 | aprill, 17 | |
1352 | 286 | 26 | 260 | apr. 8 A | |
1353 | 287 | 27 | 259 | mar. 24 | |
1354 | 288 | 28 | 258 | aprill, 13 | Gunuile & Caius Colledge in Cambridge founded by Edmund Gunuila Parson: and this yeare was Trinity Colledge founded by VVilliam Bateman, Bishop of Norwich This yeare also was Canterbury Colledge in Oxford founded by Simon Islip Archbishop of Canterbury, and suppressed by Henry the 8. and put to Christ-church. |
1355 | 289 | 29 | 257 | aprill, 5 | |
1356 | 290 | 30 | 256 | apr. 24. C | |
1357 | 291 | 31 | 255 | april. 9 | |
1358 | 292 | 32 | 254 | april, 1 | |
1359 | 293 | 33 | 253 | april, 21 | |
1360 | 294 | 34 | 252 | apr. 5. E | |
1361 | 295 | 35 | 251 | mar. 28 | Men and beasts perished in diuers places with Thunder and Lightning; and Fiends were seene speake vnto men as they trauelled. |
1362 | 296 | 36 | 250 | april, 17 | |
1363 | [...]97 | 37 | 249 | aprill, 2 | |
1364 | 298 | 38 | 248 | ma 24. G | |
1365 | 299 | 39 | 247 | aprill, 13 | |
1366 | 300 | 40 | 246 | aprill, 5 | |
1367 | 301 | 41 | 245 | aprill. 18 | The Prince of Wales taking compassion of Peter King of Spaine, driuen out of his kingdome by his Bastard brother, restored him againe. |
1368 | 302 | 42 | 244 | april. 9. B | |
1369 | 303 | 43 | 243 | aprill, 1 | |
1370 | 304 | 44 | 242 | april, 14 | |
1371 | 305 | 45 | 241 | aprill. 6 | |
1372 | 306 | 46 | 240 | ma. 28. D | The first Bailiffes in Shrewsbury. |
1373 | 307 | 47 | 239 | april, 17 | The Duke of Lancaster passed through France without battell: and about this time Boccace the poet dyed. |
1374 | 308 | 48 | 238 | aprill, 2 | |
1375 | 309 | 49 | 237 | april, 22 |
Anno Domini. | posti, conquestum | K. Reigne | time expired. 1612 | Easter day. | Henry the 4. sonne of Iohn of Gaunt was made King more by force then lawfull succession. Henry the 5 exceeded the meane stature of men, hee was beauteous, long-necked, body slender, leane and small bones, and could run well, and was strong. |
1376 | 310 | 50 | 236 | ap. 13 F | |
1377 | 311 | 51 | 235 | april 29 | |
K. Edw. 3. dyed. Iune, 21. Defectiue Rich. 2. began. Iune, 21. Defectiue | He dyed at his Manor of Shene, when he had reigned 50 ye. 5 mo. 7 da. buried at Westmin. | ||||
1377 | 311 | 1 | 235 | april, 29 | New Colledge in Oxford founded by VVilliam VV [...]ckham, Bishop of Winchester. |
1378 | 312 | 1 | 234 | april, 18 | |
1379 | 313 | 2 | 233 | april, 10 | The making of Gunnes found and Rebels in Kent and Essex, who entred London, beheaded all Lawyers, and burnt all bookes of law, burnt houses: But the Essex men vpon the Kings intreature and pardon, did returne home. The men of Kent persisting, the king commanded the Lord Mayor to arest VVa [...] Tyler their Captaine, which hee did, strikin [...], him vpon the head, and after the kings attendance dispatched him; at which the traitors murmured so, that the Mayor ser [...] armed me to relieue the King: for which the Mayor and fine Aldermen were knighted, & Iack Stravo being taken, confessed all. |
1380 | 314 | 3 | 232 | ma 25 A | |
1381 | 315 | 4 | 231 | april, 14 | |
1382 | 316 | 5 | 230 | april, 8 | |
1383 | 317 | 6 | 229 | mar. 22 | |
1384 | 318 | 7 | 228 | ap. [...]0 C | |
1385 | 319 | 8 | 227 | april, 2 | |
1386 | 320 | 9 | 226 | april, 22 | |
1387 | 321 | 10 | 225 | aprill, 7 | |
1388 | 322 | 11 | 224 | ma 29 E | And 1388, picked shooes, [...]ed to then knees with siluer chaines we [...]e vsed. And men with long gowns rode on side saddle-like the Queene that brought si [...]e-saddle first to England: for before they [...]ode a [...]d. |
1389 | 323 | 12 | 223 | april, 18 | |
1350 | 324 | 13 | 222 | aprill, 3 | |
1391 | 325 | 14 | 221 | mar. 26 | |
1393 | 326 | 15 | 220 | ap. 14 G | |
1393 | 327 | 16 | 219 | aprill, 6 | |
1394 | 328 | 17 | 218 | april, 19 | |
1395 | 329 | 18 | 217 | april, 11 | |
1396 | 339 | 19 | 216 | apri. 2. B | |
1397 | 331 | 20 | 215 | april, 22 | |
1398 | 332 | 21 | 214 | april, 7 | |
1399 | 331 | 22 | 213 | mar. 30 | The King made blancke Charters, 1399. |
Rich. 2 deposed Septē 29 periodic. Henry 4. began. Septē 29 periodic. | He was deposed when he bad reigned 2 [...] yeares, 3 moneths, and 14 dayes. | ||||
1399 | 333 | 1 | 213 | mar, 30 | The King burnt all the blanke Charters made to K. Richard. |
1400 | 334 | 1 | 212 | ap. 18 D | |
1401 | 335 | 2 | 211 | april, 3 | Pride exceeding in monstrous apparrell. |
1402 | 336 | 3 | 210 | mar. 26 | The first Duke of Millaine. |
1403 | 337 | 4 | 209 | april, 15 | The bartell of Shrewsbury. |
1404 | 338 | 5 | 208 | apr. 6. F | The French beaten from the Isle of Wight. Scroope, Archbishop of Yorke conspired against the King. |
1405 | 339 | 6 | 207 | april, 19 | |
1406 | 340 | 7 | 206 | april, 11 | |
1407 | 341 | 8 | 205 | mar, 27 | A Frost for 15 weekes. |
1408 | 342 | 9 | 204 | ap. 15 A |
Years of our Lord. | post conquestum | K. reigne | time expired. 1612 | Easter day. | Henry the 6 began his reigne at 8 moneth's old, the gouernance of the Realme was committed to the Duke of Glocester, the guard of his person to the Duke of Exceter, and the Duke of Bedford was Regent of France. |
1409 | 343 | 10 | 203 | april, 7. | |
1410 | 344 | 11 | 202 | mar. 20 | |
1411 | 345 | 12 | 201 | april, 12 | Guild-hall in London begun. |
1412 | 346 | 13 | 200 | apri, 3. C | New Nobles made 4 pence lesse thē before. |
Henry, the 4. dyed 5. began Mar. 20 periodi. Henry, the 5. began Mar. 20 periodi. | Hee dyed hauing reigned 13 yeares, 6. moneths, & 3 daies, and buryed at Canterbury. | ||||
1412 | 346 | 1 | 200 | april, 3 | |
1413 | 347 | 1 | 199 | april. 23 | Sir Iohn Old Castle committed. |
1414 | 348 | 2 | 198 | aprill. 8 | Moore gate first builded. |
1415 | 349 | 3 | 197 | april, 31 | The King sailed into Normandy with 1000 saile. The battell at Agincourt. |
1416 | 350 | 4 | 196 | ap. 20. E | |
1417 | 351 | 5 | 195 | april, 11 | A decree for Lantherne and Candle-light in London. |
1418 | 352 | 6 | 194 | mar. 27 | |
1419 | 353 | 7 | 193 | april, 16 | Sir Iohn Old C [...]st [...]e hanged and burned. |
1420 | 354 | 8 | 192 | apr 7. G | The King made Regent of France. |
1421 | 355 | 9 | 191 | mar. 23 | The Bishop of Winchester lent the King 20000 pound to stay a subsidy. |
1422 | 356 | 10 | 190 | april. 11 | |
Henry the 5. dyed Aug. 1 Defect. Henry the 6. began Aug. 1 Defect. | Hee died when he had reigned 9 yeares, 5 moneths, 24 daies, & is buried at Westminst. | ||||
1422 | 356 | 1 | 190 | april, 11 | |
1423 | 357 | 1 | 189 | april, 3 | |
1424 | 358 | 2 | 188 | apr. 23. B | The young King of Scotland taken by the English in the 8 yeare of Henry the 4. remained prisoner till 1424. and being deliuered, was married to the Lady Iane, daughter to the Earle of Somerset, Anno Re [...]. 2. |
1425 | 359 | 3 | 187 | april, 8 | |
1426 | 360 | 4 | 186 | mar. 31 | |
1427 | 361 | 5 | 185 | april, 20 | Raine from the first of Aprill to Hollontide |
1428 | 362 | 6 | 184 | apr, 4 D | |
1429 | 363 | 7 | 183 | mar. 27 | |
1430 | 364 | 8 | 182 | april, 16 | |
1431 | 365 | 9 | 181 | april, 1 | |
1432 | 366 | 10 | 180 | apr. 20. F | The King being 12 yeares old, was triumphantly crowned King of France in our Ladies Church in Paris, with the consent of both kingdomes, and the French called him Little Harry. |
1433 | 367 | 11 | 179 | april. 12 | |
1434 | 368 | 12 | 178 | mar. 28 | |
1435 | 369 | 13 | 177 | april 17 | |
1436 | 370 | 14 | 176 | apri, 8. A | |
1437 | 371 | 15 | 175 | mar, 31 | All-soules Colledge in Oxford founded by Henry Bishop of Canterbury, the king greatly augmenting the reuenewes. |
1438 | 372 | 16 | 174 | april, 13 | |
1439 | 373 | 17 | 173 | april, 5 | |
1440 | 374 | 18 | 172 | ma. 27 C | Lincoln Col. in Oxf. founded by R [...]. Fleming. Kings Colledge in Cambridge founded by Henry the sixth. |
1441 | 375 | 19 | 171 | april, 16 | |
1442 | 376 | 20 | 170 | april, 1 | |
1443 | 377 | 21 | 169 | april, 21 |
Anno Domini. | posticonquetun. | K. Reigne | time expired. 1612 | Easterday. | Edvvard Earle of March, hauing deposed Henry 6 was crowned by the name of Ed. the 4 and after was deposed, and driuen out of his Kingdome; but at last, by helpe of his brother, re [...]ained the Crowne. |
1444 | 378 | 22 | 168 | apr. 12 E | |
1445 | 379 | 23 | 167 | mar. 28 | A manage concluded betwixt the Kingson, and the King of Cicils daughter. |
1446 | 380 | 24 | 106 | april, 17 | |
1447 | 381 | 25 | 165 | april, 9 | Queenes Colledge in Cambridge begun by Lady Margaret, wife to Henry the 6. And 1447 Diuinity Schoole was sounded by Humphrey Duke of Glocester. |
1448 | 382 | 26 | 164 | ma. 24. O | |
1449 | 383 | 27 | 163 | april, 13 | |
1550 | 384 | 28 | 162 | april, 5 | |
1451 | 385 | 29 | 161 | april, 25 | |
1452 | 386 | 30 | 160 | apri. 9. E | Prince Henry borne. October 12 and before this time the Mayor of London euer rode to Westminster. |
1453 | 387 | 31 | 159 | april. 1 | |
1454 | 388 | 32 | 158 | april, 21 | |
1455 | 389 | 33 | 157 | aprill, 6 | The Duke of Yorke was discharged of the protectorship. |
1456 | 390 | 34 | 156 | ma. 28 D | |
1457 | 391 | 35 | 155 | aprill, 17 | |
[...]458 | 392 | 36 | 154 | aprill, [...] | |
1459 | 393 | 37 | 153 | mar. 25 | Katherine-Hall in Cambridge founded by Ro VVoodlarke, Doctor of Diuinity: and this yeare was Ma [...]dalen Colled [...]e in Oxford founded by VVilliam Ʋ Ʋunsleet, Bishop of Winchester, |
1460 | 394 | 38 | 15 [...] | april, 13 | |
Henry 6 deposed March. 4 periodi Edward 4 began March. 4 periodi | Being deposed, he reigned, 8 yeares, 6 moneths, and 8 dayes. | ||||
1460 | 394 | 1 | 152 | aprill, 13 | |
1461 | 395 | 1 | 151 | aprill, 5 | |
1462 | 396 | 2 | 150 | aprill, 18 | |
1463 | 397 | 3 | 149 | aprill, [...]0 | |
1464 | 398 | 4 | 148 | april, 1. A | The battell at Hexham. |
1465 | 399 | 5 | 147 | aprill 14 | The King taken neere the Abby of Selby in Yorkeshire, and sent to the Towre. |
1466 | 400 | 6 | 146 | aprill, 6 | |
1467 | 401 | 7 | 145 | mar. 29 | |
1468 | 402 | 8 | 144 | apr. 17 C | |
1469 | 403 | 9 | 143 | aprill, [...] | |
1470 | 404 | 10 | 142 | aprill, 22 | King Edvvard proclaimed vsurper, hauing fled to Flaunders, and King Henry restored The K. Edvvard landed at Rauensport, regained the Crowne, by helpe of his brother, Duke of Clarence, tooke Q. Margaret with prince Edvvard prisoners. |
1471 | 405 | 11 | 141 | aprill, 14 | |
1472 | 406 | 12 | 140 | ma. 29. E | |
1473 | 407 | 13 | 139 | aprill, 18 | |
1474 | 4 [...]8 | 14 | 138 | april, 1 [...] | |
1475 | 409 | 15 | 137 | mar. 26 | |
1476 | 410 | 16 | 136 | apri. 14 G | The King sailed into France to aide the Duke of Burgondy; but by sute of the French King, peace was concluded. |
1477 | 411 | 17 | 135 | aprill, 6 | |
1478 | 412 | 18 | 134 | mar. 22 | |
1479 | 413 | 19 | 133 | april, 11 | A great Dearth. |
1480 | 414 | 20 | 132 | apr, 2 B |
Anno Domini. | post conquesin | King Reigne | time expired. 1612 | Easter day. | Edvvard the 5 about 13 yeares old, was depriued of his life and Crowne by his Vncle the Duke of Glocester. Richard the 3. brother to Edvvard the 4 was made King, Iune, 22. and was crowned at Westminister, but was shortly after slaine. |
1481 | 415 | 21 | 131 | april, 22 | The Citizens of London lent the King 5000 marke. |
1482 | 416 | 22 | 130 | april, 7 | |
1483 | 417 | 23 | 129 | mar. 30 | |
Edward 4. dyed, Aprill, 9 Defect. Edward 5. begā. Aprill, 9 Defect. | He died, hauing reigned [...]2 years, 5 weekes, and one day, buried at Windsor. | ||||
1483 | 417 | 1 | 129 | mar. 30 | |
Edwa. 5 murthered Ian. 22 Defect Ri. 3. vsurp. began. Ian. 22 Defect | He was murthered hauing reigned two moneths and 18 dayes. | ||||
1483 | 417 | 1 | 129 | mar. 3 [...] | |
1484 | 4 [...]8 | 1 | 128 | ap. 18. D | The king began the high tower at Westmin. |
1485 | 419 | 2 | 127 | aprill. 3 | The battell at Bosworth. |
Richard 3 slaine August, 22 periodi. Henry 7 began August, 22 periodi. | He was slaine when he had reigned 2 years, 8 weekes, and 5 dayes, buried at Leicester. | ||||
1485 | 419 | 1 | 127 | april, 3 | Sweating sicknesse. The King ordeined a number of good Archers to attend him, called Yeomen of the Guard. |
1486 | 420 | 1 | 126 | mar. 20 | |
1487 | 421 | 2 | 125 | aprill. 1 [...] | Prince Arthur borne, 1487. |
1488 | 422 | 3 | 124 | apri. 6 F | |
1489 | 423 | 4 | 123 | aprill, 19 | The Earle of Northumberland slaine. |
1490 | 424 | 5 | 122 | aprill, 11 | |
1491 | 425 | 6 | 121 | aprill, 3 | Henry the Kings sonne borne. |
1492 | 420 | 7 | 120 | apr. 22. A | |
3493 | 427 | 8 | 119 | aprill, 7 | |
1494 | 428 | 9 | 118 | mar. 30 | |
1495 | 429 | 10 | 117 | aprill 10 | |
1496 | 430 | 11 | 116 | apri, 3, C | Iesus Colledge in Cambridge founded by Iohn Alcocke, the 29 Bishop of Ely. |
1497 | 431 | 12 | 115 | mar. 26 | |
1498 | 432 | 13 | 114 | aprill, 15 | |
1499 | 533 | 14 | 113 | mar. 31 | Gascoine wine at forty shillings the Tun. |
1500 | 434 | 15 | 112 | apr. 19. E | |
1501 | 435 | 16 | 111 | aprill, 1 [...] | |
1502 | 436 | 17 | 110 | mar. 27 | Prince Arthur married to Katherine, daughter to Ferdinand, King of Spaine. |
1503 | 437 | 18 | 109 | april. 16 | |
1504 | 438 | 19 | 108 | apr 7. G | Christ Colledge in Cambr. first founded by Henry 6. who named it Gods house: but this yeare Henry the 7. granted a Charter to his mother that it might bee translated at her pleasure, for the benefite of Students, prouiding it were euer called Christs Colledge. |
1505 | 439 | 20 | 107 | mar. 23 | |
1506 | 440 | 21 | 106 | aprill. 12 | |
1507 | 441 | 22 | 105 | aprill. 4 | |
1508 | 442 | 23 | 104 | aprill, 30 | |
1509 | 443 | 24 | 103 | aprill. 8 |
Anno Domini. | post conquestum | K. Reigne | Time expired 1612 | Easter day. | King Henry the eighth, was a mighty man, and wise: He abrogated the Popes authority in England, and pulled downe their Abbies, &c. |
Henry the 7. dyed, Apri, 22 Defect. Henry the 8. began. Apri, 22 Defect. | Henry 7. dyed at Richmond, hauing reigned 23 years, 10. mo & 24. da. buried at Westmin. | ||||
1509 | 443 | 1 | 103 | april [...] | S Iohns Colledge in Cambridge being an ancient Hostell, was conuerted to a Colledge by the Excecutors of the Countesse of Richmond, and Derby, and Mother to H. 7. in this yeare, as her will was. |
1510 | 444 | 1 | 102 | mar. 31 | |
1511 | 445 | 2 | 101 | april, 20 | |
1512 | 446 | 3 | 100 | ap [...]il 10 | |
1513 | 447 | 4 | 99 | mar. 27 | 1513. Ʋ Ʋill. Smith, Bishop of Lincolne, founded Brason nose Colledge in Oxford. |
1514 | 448 | 5 | 98 | april. 18 | |
1515 | 449 | 6 | 97 | aprill, 8 | Magdalen Colledge an Hostell first for diuers Mo [...]kes of sundry Monasteries, was this yeare translated by the Duke of Buckingham, who this yeare built vp the Hall. |
1516 | 450 | 7 | 96 | ap. 23, F | |
1517 | 451 | 8 | 95 | april, 12 | |
1516 | 452 | 9 | 94 | aprill, 4 | |
1519 | 453 | 10 | 93 | april, 2 [...] | |
1520 | 454 | 11 | 92 | apr. 8. A | |
1521 | 455 | 12 | 91 | mar. 31 | |
1522 | 456 | 13 | 90 | april, 20 | |
1523 | 457 | 14 | 89 | aprill, 5 | |
1524 | 458 | 15 | 88 | m [...] 2. C | |
1523 | 459 | 16 | 87 | apri [...]l 17 | |
1526 | 460 | 17 | 86 | april, 1. | Corpus Christs Colledge founded by Ri. Fox, Bishop of Winchester. |
1527 | 461 | 18 | 85 | apri, 21 | |
1528 | 462 | 19 | 84 | apr. 12. E | |
1529 | 463 | 20 | 83 | mar. 28 | Queene Katherine brought before the two Cardinals: her marriage at last found vnlawfull. |
1530 | 464 | 21 | 82 | aprill. 15 | |
1531 | 465 | 22 | 81 | aprill. [...] | |
1532 | 466 | 23 | 80 | ma 31. G | Sir Thomas Moore discharged. T. Audley, Lord Chauncello [...]. |
1533 | 467 | 24 | 79 | aprill. 13 | |
1534 | 468 | 25 | 78 | aprill [...] | The Popes authority abrogated. |
1535 | 469 | 26 | 77 | mar. 20 | Sir Thomas Moore beheaded. |
1536 | 470 | 27 | 76 | apr. [...]6 B | The King married the Lady Iane. |
1537 | 471 | 28 | 75 | aprill. 1 | |
1538 | 472 | 29 | 74 | april, 21 | Christ-church in Oxford founded by Cardinall Ʋ Ʋolsey. |
1539 | 473 | 30 | 73 | aprill. 6 | |
1540 | 474 | 31 | 72 | ma. 28 D | Queene Katherine beheaded. |
1541 | 475 | 32 | 71 | april. 17 | |
1542 | 476 | 33 | 70 | aprill. 9 | The King married Ka. Parre, and this yeare the King went to Boloin. |
1543 | 477 | 34 | 69 | mar. 25 | |
1544 | 478 | 35 | 68 | apr. 13, F | |
1545 | 479 | 36 | 67 | aprill, 5 | |
1546 | 480 | 37 | 66 | april, 25 | Trinity Colledge in Cambridge founded. |
Anno Domini. | post conquestū. | K Reigne | Time expired | Easter day. | Edvvard the sixth began his reigne at nine yeares old, who hauing his Councell appointed by his Father. After him succeeded Mary, his eldest Sister, who restored the Popes authority. And after her Elizabeth, second daughter of Henry the eighth. |
Henry the 8. dyed Ian. 28 period Edw. the 6. began. Ian. 28 period | He dyed, hauing re [...] 37 yeares, 10 moneths and two dayes, buried at Westminster. | ||||
1546 | 480 | 1 | 66 | aprill 25 | |
1547 | 481 | 1 | 65 | april, 10 | Muskelborough field. |
1548 | 482 | 2 | 64 | april, 1. A | The siege of Hadington. |
1549 | 483 | 3 | 63 | april, 21 | Boloin yeelded. |
1550 | 484 | 4 | 62 | aprill, 6 | The second fall of base money. |
1551 | 485 | 5 | 61 | mar. 20 | |
1552 | 486 | 6 | 60 | apr. 17. C | The new Seruice-booke in English. |
1553 | 487 | 7 | 59 | aprill. 2 | |
Edward 6 dyed, Iuly 6. Defectiu Mary began. Iuly 6. Defectiu | He died at Green-wich, buried at Westminster, when he had reigned 6 ye. 23 wee. 5. dai. | ||||
1553 | 487 | 1 | 59 | aprill, 2 | Bishops restored. |
1554 | 488 | 1 | 58 | mar. 15 | Ʋ Ʋiat beheaded. |
1555 | 489 | 2 | 57 | april, 14 | The first vse of Coches in England. |
1556 | 490 | 3 | 56 | apr. 5. E | Trinity Coll, in Oxf, being in Anno 1370 a religious house, & called Durham Colledge, was now refounded by Tho. Pope knight. |
1557 | 491 | 4 | 5 [...] | april. 1 8 | |
1558 | 492 | 5 | 54 | aprill. 1 [...] | |
Q. Mary died. Nouē. 17. periodi. Q Elizab began Nouē. 17. periodi. | She died hauing reigned 5 yeares, 4 moneths and 22 dayes, buried at Westminster. | ||||
1558 | 492 | 1 | 52 | april, 10 | Now the Masse was suppressed. |
1559 | 493 | 1 | 53 | mar. 25 | |
1560 | 494 | 2 | 52 | ap. 14. G | All base money suppressed. |
1561 | 495 | 3 | 51 | aprill, 6 | Paules steeple burned. |
1562 | 496 | 4 | 50 | mar. 2 | Going to New hauen. |
1563 | 497 | 5 | 49 | aprill, 11 | 108 parishes infected in London. |
1564 | 498 | 6 | 48 | apri, 2. B | |
1565 | 499 | 7 | 47 | april, 22 | Thames frozen, Anno Reg. 7. |
1566 | 500 | 8 | 46 | april, 14 | This yeare sir VVil Peter Knight augmented Exceter Colledge, first founded by VValte Stapleton, Bishop of Exceter 1556 |
1568 | 501 | 9 | 45 | mar. 3 C | |
1568 | 502 | 10 | 44 | ap. 28. D | |
1569 | 503 | 11 | 43 | aprill, [...]0 | |
1570 | 504 | 12 | 4 | mar. 26 | Diuers Armiēs sent into Scotland. |
1571 | 505 | 13 | 41 | april, 15 | The Duke of Norfolke arrained. |
1572 | 506 | 14 | 40 | apr. 6 F | The Massacre in France. |
1573 | 507 | 15 | 39 | mar. 22 | Edenborow yeelded to the English. |
1574 | 508 | 16 | 38 | april, 12 | An Earth-quake. |
1575 | 509 | 17 | 37 | aprill, 3 | The Family of Loue. |
Anno Domini. | post conquestum | K. Reigne | time expi | Easter day. | Charles Iames the first of that name, son to Henry Stevvard, Lord Darley, & Mary, King & Queen of Scotl. borne at Edenburg. whose god-father was Ch. K of France, & Phill. D of Sauov, Q. Eliz. being his godmother, who gaue him a Font of gold of 333. ounces; whose true successor he is. | |
1576 | 510 | 16 | 30 | apr. 22. A | ||
1577 | 511 | 19 | 35 | aprill. 7 | ||
1578 | 512 | 20 | 34 | mar. 30 | ||
1579 | 513 | 21 | 33 | april 10 | Frobushers voyage to Cathay. A blazing star. Great snow. great floods. A generall earth-quake. | |
1580 | 514 | 22 | 32 | apr. 3. C | ||
1581 | 515 | 23 | 31 | mar. 26 | ||
1582 | 516 | 24 | 30 | april 15 | A blazing starre. Strange tempest. | |
1583 | 517 | 25 | 29 | april. 14 | The prince of Orange slaine. | |
1584 | 518 | 26 | 28 | apr. 19. E | Emanuel Colledge in Cambridge founded by VValter Mildmay. | |
1585 | 519 | 27 | 27 | aprill, 11 | ||
1586 | 520 | 28 | 26 | aprill, 3 | Sir H. Sidney deceased. | |
1587 | 521 | 29 | 25 | aprill, 16 | The Queene of Scots beheaded. | |
158 [...] | 522 | 30 | 24 | apr. 7 G | Tilbury Campe. | |
1589 | 523 | 31 | 23 | mar, 30 | Portugall voyage. | |
1590 | 524 | 32 | 22 | aprill, 19 | Christs Colledge in Cambridge founded. | |
1591 | 525 | 33 | 21 | aprill. 4 | ||
1592 | 526 | 34 | 20 | ma. 26. B | Terme at Hartford. | |
1593 | 527 | 35 | 19 | aprill, 15 | Prince Henry borne in Scotland. | |
1594 | 528 | 36 | 18 | mar. 31 | ||
1595 | 529 | 37 | 17 | april, 20 | A great dearth, Anno Reg. 37. | |
1596 | 530 | 38 | 18 | apr. 11. D | The Spaniards win Callis. | |
1597 | 531 | 39 | 15 | mar. 27 | The voyages to the Isles of Tercera's. | |
1598 | 532 | 40 | 14 | aprill, 16 | The King of Spaine dyeth. | |
1599 | 533 | 41 | 13 | aprill, 8 | The Earle of Essex rode towards Ireland. | |
1600 | 534 | 42 | 12 | ma. 23. F | ||
1601 | 535 | 43 | 11 | april. 12 | The Earle of Essex beheaded. 43. Marshall Baron of France arriued. | |
1602 | 536 | 44 | 10 | aprill, 4 | Seminaries executed. | |
Q. Elizabeth died Mar. 24 periodi. K. Iames began. Mar. 24 periodi. | She dyed hauing reigned 44. years, 4. moneths, & 14 daies, buried at Westminster. | |||||
An. D | P. C | kr | Sc. | T. e. | East. da |
|
1602 | 536 | 1 | 36 | 10 | aprill, 4 | |
1603 | 537 | 1 | 37 | 9 | apri. 24 | |
1604 | 538 | 2 | 38 | 8 | ap. 18. A | |
1605 | 539 | 3 | 39 | 7 | mar. 31 | |
1606 | 540 | 4 | 40 | 6 | apri, 20 | |
1607 | 541 | 5 | 41 | 5 | april. 5 | |
1608 | 542 | 6 | 42 | 4 | m. 27 C | |
1609 | 543 | 7 | 43 | 3 | april. 16 | |
1610 | 544 | 8 | 44 | 2 | aprill, 8 | |
1611 | 545 | 9 | 45 | 1 | mar. 24 |
Anno Domini | post conquestum | K. Re. England | K. Re. Scotland | time expired | Easter day. |
1612 | 546 | 10 | 46 | 0 | apr. 12, E |
1613 | 547 | 11 | 47 | 1 | aprill, 4 |
1614 | 548 | 12 | 48 | 2 | april, 24 |
1615 | 549 | 13 | 49 | 3 | aprill. 9 |
1616 | 550 | 14 | 50 | 4 | ma. 31. G |
1917 | 551 | 15 | 51 | 5 | april, 20 |
1618 | 552 | 16 | 52 | 6 | april, 5 |
1619 | 553 | 17 | 53 | 7 | mar. 28 |
1620 | 554 | 18 | 54 | 8 | apr. 16, B |
1621 | 555 | 19 | 55 | 9 | april, 1 |
1622 | 556 | 20 | 56 | 10 | april, 21 |
1623 | 557 | 21 | 57 | 11 | april, 13 |
1624 | 558 | 22 | 58 | 12 | ma 28. D |
1625 | 559 | 23 | 59 | 13 | april, 17 |
1626 | 560 | 24 | 60 | 14 | aprill, 9 |
1627 | 561 | 25 | 61 | 15 | mar. 25 |
1628 | 562 | 26 | 62 | 16 | apr. 13, P |
1629 | 563 | 27 | 63 | 17 | aprill, 5 |
Anno Domini, | post conquestum | K Re. England. | K Re. Scotland | time expire | Easter day. |
1630 | 564 | 28 | 64 | 18 | mar 28 |
1631 | 565 | 29 | 65 | 19 | aprill. 10 |
1632 | 566 | 30 | 66 | 20 | apri. 1. A |
1633 | 567 | 31 | 67 | 21 | april, 21 |
1634 | 568 | 32 | 68 | 22 | april, 6 |
1635 | 569 | 33 | 69 | 23 | mar. 29 |
1636 | 570 | 34 | 70 | 24 | ap. 17. C |
1637 | 571 | 35 | 71 | 25 | aprill, 9 |
1638 | 572 | 36 | 72 | 26 | mar. 25 |
1639 | 573 | 37 | 73 | 27 | april, 14 |
1640 | 574 | 38 | 74 | 18 | apr. 4. B |
1641 | 575 | 39 | 75 | 29 | april, 25 |
1642 | 576 | 40 | 76 | 30 | april, 10 |
1643 | 577 | 41 | 77 | 31 | april, 2 |
1644 | 578 | 42 | 78 | 32 | ap. 21. G |
1645 | 579 | 43 | 79 | 33 | aprill, 6 |
1646 | 580 | 44 | 80 | 34 | mar. 29 |
Note in the reading of these briefe Chronicle Notes, at the end of many of them you shall haue certaine figures set, which signifies the yeare of the King it happened in; because sometime the accident was not in that regnal yeare that stands against the Eclesian yeare.
The Description and vse of this New Table, called A Concordancy of Yeares.
THis my Concordancy of Yeares, hath in euery page 5 seuerall rowes, vnder seuerall Titles, as the first row is vnder the Yeare of our Lord, beginning at 1066. at what time the Conqueror began, & so continuing to the yeare 1646. The next row is vnder post Conquestū, shewing how many yeares any yeare of our Lord, or any yeare of any King was after the Conquest. The third is vnder Kings Reigne, shewing how the yeares of the Kings answere to the yeares of our Lord. The fourth is vnder Time expired, shewing [Page 230]how many yeares it is since any of the yeares placed in any of the 3 former rowes, at this present yeare 1612. And the last row is placed vnder the Title of Easter day, shewing what day of the moneth Easter day fell vpon any yeare since the Conquest, to the yeare 1646. In which row also be certaine Capitall letters placed, which bee the later of the Dominicall letters in the Leape-yeare, as in Chap. 21.
Now these things considered, you are to vnderstand, that all the difficulty in computating of time is when the question is onely propounded by the yeare of the Kings reigne, and therefore if you can deuise when any question is made by any yeare of any King, to know in what yeare of our Lord it was, then the labour is nothing: for you must know, that euery yeare, of any King as yet, began in one yeare of the Lord, & ended in ye next insuing yeare which is the cause of this difference. But to make all more plaine, I will propound certaine examples both of the yeare of our Lord, and of the regnall yeare.
Quest. 1 I haue a Lease for an hundred yeares, bearing date in Aprill 1514, and I would know this yeare 1612. what time I haue remaining.
ANSVVERE.
Séeke first the yeare of our Lord, 1514, & their begin to tell at the next yeare forwards, calling 1515. one, 1516. two, and so procéed, vntill you come to 1612: so shall you count to the number [Page 231]of 98 yeares, and so many of your 100 yeares be expired: But in the numbring thus, you must remember, that before & after the change of euery Prince, one & the same yeare of our Lord is twice placed, therefore omit the one in your reckoning.
Or take 1514 out of 1612, so haue you 98 years: Or séeke (with more ease) in the third row vnder Time expired, what figures stand against 1514, so shall you finde 98, as before, and so many yeares be expired, 1612. But if you had sought this any other yeare after 1612. as 1614, then must you haue séene what figures in ye fift row had béene against 1614, as 2, the which 2 must haue béene added to 98: so had you 100 yeares. The like for any other yeare after, to 1646.
Quest. 2. I haue a Lease granted for 60 yeares, bearing date the 8 of Ianuary, in the 6 yeare of Edward the 6. and I would know this yeare 1612, how many years be expired.
ANSVVER.
You must note first that the regnal yeares stand periodicall, or compleat, against the yeares of our Lord: so that the yeare Regnall standeth against that Eclesian yeare, or yeare of our Lord it ended in, and not against that it began in: so that if a question in the Computation be put in the beginning of ye regnal yeare or in this Concordancie in the ending of ye regnal yeare, the demand is easie: but if ye contrary happen, it is more hard. Therefore the matter and intent of this my worke is, when a question is pronounded by the yeare of [Page 232]any King, to know in what yeare of our Lord it was: ye is, whether it were in the yeare of cur Lord. God that the regnall yeare did take beginning, or ending in. This considered, all shall be made easie by the ensuing examples.
Seeke in your Tables for Edward the 6: then in the row vnder K. Reigne, finde the 6. yeare of his reigne, which you shall sinde placed against 1552, against which in the row vnder Time expired, is 60. My leass is therefore expired in January the 8 day, 1612. Or hauing found the yeare of our Lord, count as in the first question, or substract 1552 from 1612, as before: but reckoning with the old Computation, you haue 61. yeares, which is false: but to make all plaine, worke as followeth.
Notes to bee obserued for this new kinde of of casie Computation.
YOu must first consider, that in my Kalender in the Margent vpon the left hand, the wéekes be numbred from our Lady day, the which number for breuities sake, is called the Hebdomadall Number.
Next, here is an insuing Table, wherein the names of all the Kings and Quéenes of England since the Conquest be writ: and to them is added a certaine number of wéeks and daies, as to Henry the 7, 21 wéekes, and 3 dayes, which I call Epact, which Bosco saith is Intercalare, or addere. But howsoeuer, you may admit the word without offence, since it is but for distinction or difference sake which had worke, [...] followeth.
KINGS Names. | Epact. | KINGS Names. | Epact. | ||
w. | da. | w. | da. | ||
Wil. Conquerour | 29 | 0 | Hen. the. fourth. | 27 | 1 |
Wil. Rufus. | 24 | 0 | Henry the fifth. | 51 | 2 |
Henry the first, | 18 | 3 | Henry the sixth. | 22 | 5 |
Stephen. | 36 | 0 | Edw. the fourth. | 49 | 0 |
Henry the second | 30 | 4 | Edward the fifth | 2 | 1 |
Richard the first. | 14 | 5 | Rich. the third. | 11 | 2 |
Iohn. | 1 | 6 | Hen. the seuenth | 21 | 3 |
Henry the third. | 31 | 1 | Hen. the eighth | 4 | 0 |
Edward the first. | 33 | 5 | Edw. the sixth. | 44 | 0 |
Edward the secōd | 14 | 6 | Mary. | 15 | 1 |
Edward the third. | 43 | 4 | Elizabeth. | 33 | 6 |
Richard the secōd | 12 | 4 | King Iames. | 51 | 5 |
When any question is propounded by the yeare of any King only, without mention of ye Eccles [...] [...] yeare, you must note in what Kings reign [...] [...] what moneth, and day of the moneth it [...] date. Next, 'find the said moneth, and [...] moneth, & sée what Hebdomadall [...] [...] reth thereunto: that is, how [...] it is from the 25 of March: [...] [...] ble finde the name of the King [...] number of wéekes & da [...] [...] pact: and against the [...] numbers, viz. [...] consider which [...]
If the E [...] [...] the dem [...] [...] [Page 234]yeare, which standeth against the Ecclesian yeare periodically.
But if the Hebdomadall number be the greater, the demand was made in the beginning of the Regnall yeare, which answereth to the Ecclesian yeare, or yeare of our Lord next before. And of both these differences an example followeth.
Quest. 3 I haue an Euidence bearing date the 13 of May, in the 23 yeare of Elizabeth. I would know 1612, what yeare of our Lord it was, how long since, & how long after the Conquest it was.
ANSVVER.
To answer this question by this new Table, first séeke ye Epact of Elizabeth, which is 33 wéeks & 6 daies: then the Hebdomadall number of the 13 of May, is 13 wéeks: here the Epact is ye greater. Therefore, according to the first difference, ye demand is made in the ending of the regnal yeare that stands periodically against the yeare of our [...] in the Concordancy. Wherefore to resolue [...] [...]estion, find the 23 yeare of Elizabeth, a [...] [...] [...]ich standeth 1581, in the first row: in [...] 15, & in the fourth is 31: whereby [...] Euidence was dated in the 25 Anno Domini 1581, 515 af [...] [...] that it is 31 yeares since, [...], see the answere to [...]
Quest. 4. I haue a lease bearing date the 5 of March, in the 2 yeare of Elizabeth, and is to continue for 60 yeares: I demand what yeare of our Lord it was dated in, and consequently how many yeares bee expired this yeare 1612.
ANSVVER.
As in the last question, conferre the Epact of Elizabeth, and the Hebdomadall Number of the 5 of March together, noting which is the greater. In this question the Hebdomadall number is the greater: therefore according to the second difference, the demand was made in the beginning of the regnall yeare, which answereth to the yeare of our Lord next before.
Séeke therefore the second yeare of Elizabeth, against which in the first row is 1560: but for the causes before said, you must take the yeare next before: that is, 1559, and that yeare of our Lord was the lease dated in, the tune expired standing against the same, as 53 and so many yeares of my lease bee expired. But if you séeke how many yeares be expired in any other yeare after 1612, worke as in the first question.
Quest. 5. To finde Easter day, and the rest of the moueable feasts, because many times Deeds, &c. beare date vpon such dayes, without mention of the moneth, as also to finde the Dominicall letter.
First seeke the yeare of our Lord God, or yeare of the King, against either of which in the last row vpon the right hand, is the moneth, and day of the moneth ye Easter day fell vpon that yeare: which had, get the other moueable Feasts thus:
From Easter day count fixe Sundaies backewards, so haue you Quadragessima, or the first Sunday in Lent: then goe backe vnto the next Tuesday, so haue yee Shroue-tuesday. Againe, From Easter day forwards count fiue weekes, or 35 dayes; so haue you Rogation Sunday. The next Thursday after is Ascension day. Ten dayes after is Whitsunday. The next Sunday following is Trinitie Sunday, and foure dayes after is Corpus Christi day.
Hauing found Easter day, see what day of the Moneth it happened on, and finde that day in the Kalender: for the letter answering thereto was Dominicall letter that yeare.
As 1611 Easter day was the 24 of March, to which F answereth in the Kalender: therefore F was Sunday letter that yeare.
But when it is Leape-yeare there be two Dominicall letters, whereof that which beginneth the yeare, and serueth till Saint Mathias day, is noted by the time in the Table when Easter day happeneth, and the other seruing to the end of the yeare is the next letter in the Alphabet that goeth before: or this letter is found by Easter day, as before.
Quest 6. I haue a deed bearing date vpon Wednesday day in the Easter weeke, in the yeare of our Lord 1556. I desire this present yeare 1612. to know in what Kings yeare it was, what moneth, what day of the Moneth, and how long since it was dated.
ANSVVER.
First seeke 1556, against which vnder Easter day, standeth Aprill 5. Wherefore Easter day was the 5 of Aprill, D beeing Dominicall letter: so that Wednesday in Easter weeke was the 8 of Aprill, G standing for the same: then you may see it was in Queene Maries time: and remembring what was said before) in the third yeare of her reigne, and that it is 56 yeares since, and 490 after the Conquest.
Now if any euidence beare date vpon the Kalends, Nones, or Ides of any moneth, they bee easily found in the Kalender without further speech, because they stand against the ordinary day of the moneth.
Note by ye name of euery King deceased, you shall finde one of these words, Periodicall, which signifieth the King reigned so many yeares as be in the Concordancie, beside odde monethes, &c. or Defectiue, which signifieth hee did not reigne compleat so many yeares, but onely wrote of so many.
Quest. 7. How shall I make a Concordancie of principall times of note, that were in being long since?
ANSVVER.
In the ensuing Table is set downe how many yeares it is since at this present yeare 1612.
Since the
- Creation 5582
- Flood. 3925
- Promise of Abraham. 3558
- Israelits departure out of Egypt 3128
- Entrance of Brute into England. 2719
- Building of ye Temple of Salomō. 2648
- Building of Rome. 2363
- Captiuity of Babylon. 2217
- Death of Alexander 1936.
- Birth of Christ, 1612
- passiō of Christ. 1579
- England receiued the faith. 1432
- Conquest of England. 546
- Inuenting of Printing. 152
- Order of Templars 494
- Time ye London & Paris were cōmanded to be paued. 426
- Building of London bridge with stone. 435
But if you séeke how long it is since any of these times after 1612, séeke in your Table what number standeth against yt proposed yeare of our Lord in the row vnder Time expired, & that adde to the time of note proposed, & if the demand were made in any yeare before 1612, take ye number vnder ye title Time expired answering to the yeare of our Lord out of ye number in the former table: as 1600 I would know how long it was thē after the Creation: therefore according to what is said, I take 12 from 5582, so haue I 5570, my demand.
Quest. 8. How shall I finde the Golden number, Circle of the Sunne, and Epact by this Concordancy?
ANSVVER.
To the time of Post Conquestum adde three, and from the Total reiect 19 so often as you may, or diuide by 19: so is ye which remaineth the Golden number, and the quotient, or number of 19 reiected, the number of Reuolutions of the said Circle since the Conquest.
Now for the Circle of the Sunne, to the time of post Conquestum, adde 11, diuiding by 28, as before by 19, so is the remainder the Circle of the Sunne.
For the Epact worke as in the 30. Chapter.
To know if figures be mistaken in the Concordancy.
Adde Anno Domini, and Time expired together, for they must make both 1612, I meane in none of the Tables after 1612.
Also, adde Time expired and post Conquestum both together: for they must make 1612.
Also take 1066 from the proposed yeare, and the remainder is post conquestum.
Lastly, take Ann. Dom. proposed frō the present yeare of our Lord, so haue you Time expired. Let this suffice for the briefe vse of this Concordancy.
Of the foure times of pleading, called Tearmes, and of their Returnes.
For the hearing and determining of all kinde of cōtracts, discords, & such like in yt common weale, [Page 240]there be foure times in the yeare appointed, which be called Termes, because in those dayes the learned Iudges set Finis & Terminus, Contentionum, or Terminus litis, that is, an end of contention and debate betwixt party and party.
Now euery of these foure Tearmes consist of foure, fiue or eight Returnes: euery Returne of foure daies, and euery day seruing vnto a seuerall purpose.
Note therefore that euery Tearme hath but part, or all of these 6 kinde of Returnes, viz. Crastino Octabis, Quindeno, Tres Mense, and Quinque, as you may gather hereafter. Euery of which Returnes hath a Basis, or knowne day, from whence they take their denomination, and bee reckoned. The signification of which sixe kinde of Returnes is thus:
Crastino is the morrow after the Basis, or day nominated, as Crastino Trinitatis, is the morrow after Trinity Sunday, Trinity Sunday being the Basis, and the day that giues the denomination. Octabis is 8 dayes after inclusiuely. Quind. is 15 dayes after, Tres, that day thrée-wéekes, Mense that day moneth, & Quinq. that day fiue wéekes.
Now euery of these Returnes hath foure seueral, daies wherupon they consist: The first whereof hath double signification, the one is the day of Returne, and the other the day of Essoyne for the defendant in a personall action, or the Tenant in are all action, to bee essoyned. The second, is the day of Exceptions, for the Plaintiffe or Demaundant to lay an exception, if no Essoyne bee [Page 241]cast, that the Defendant shall not be essoyned, or amerced. The third is, Returna Breuium, that is, the day whereon the Sheriffe must returne the writ. And the fourth is the day of appearance for Parties and Iurors in the Court of Common Pleas.
But if so any of these dayes fall vpon an Holyday, that is no Court day: as in Easter Tearme vpon Ascension day, in Trinity Terme vpon S. Iohn Baptists day, in Michaelmas Terme vpon All-Saints day, and in Hillary Terme vpon the Purification of our Lady, or vpon any Sunday, (all which bee not Court dayes,) then must the next day following serue for both. As if the Essoyne day fell vpon a Sunday, then Munday must serue for Essoyne day, and day of Exception both.
As for these dayes, they haue all most vse in the Court of Common pleas, where all sutes commence by originall &c. But for Latitats, or other processe vpon a bill certaine, it is vpon a day certaine, as Die lunae proxi, post Purifi. which must alwayes be reckoned from the essoyne day.
In the Starre-chamber, Chauncery, Court of Wards, and Court of Requests, they vse none of these Returnes, but onely the day of appearance, which is quarto die post.
Yet note well, if a Capias, Exigent, Scri-facias, or Destringas be executed after the day of Essoyne by the Sheriffe, or a Commission seate vpon out of any of the foresaid Courts, after the said Essoyne day, it is neither iustifiable, nor warrantable: [Page 242]but for that these Termes may be found out easily by euery one for euer, as also for that it is most fit for all men to know, I haue deuised in performance thereof, the ensuing Table for their sakes, whose vse is thus.
To find the beginning and ending of the Tearmes by a new Table for euer in a most easie maner.
Prim | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 |
A | B | C | D | E | F | G | |
1 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 7 | 7 | 7 |
2 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 |
3 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 8 | 8 |
4 | 8 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 |
5 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
6 | 9 | 9 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 |
7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 6 | 6 |
8 | 10 | 10 | 10 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 |
9 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 7 |
10 | 7 | 7 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 |
11 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 |
12 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 |
13 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 5 |
14 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 8 | 8 | 6 |
15 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 |
16 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 |
17 | 9 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 |
18 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 7 | 6 | 6 |
19 | 10 | 10 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9 |
By the 32 chapter you must first get ye Prime & Dominicall letter, which had, enter this little ensuing table, finding ye Prime in the margent vpon ye left hand, from whence proceed rightwards, vntill [Page 243]you come vnder the Dominical letter of ye proposed yeare, noting in the common angle the number answering thereunto, & also the number in the head of the Table, ouer the said Dominical letter.
Intermin | Easter Tearme. | Trinitie Tearme. | Michaelmas Tearme. | Hillarie Tearme. | |||||
W | D | begins | ends. | begins | ends. | begins | ends. | begins | ends. |
5 | 3 | Apri, 8 | may 4 | ma. 22 | Iu. 10 | Oct, 9 | No, 28 | Ia, 23 | Feb. 12 |
5 | 4 | april 9 | may 5 | ma. 23 | Iu. 11 | Oct, 9 | no, 2 | Ia, 23 | feb. 12 |
5 | 5 | apri. 10 | may 6 | ma. 24 | Iu. 12 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia, 23 | feb, 12 |
5 | 6 | apr. 11 | may 7 | ma. 25 | Iu. 13 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia, 23 | feb. 12 |
6 | [...] | apr. 12 | may 8 | ma, 26 | Iu. 14 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia, 23 | feb. 13 |
6 | 1 | apr. 13 | may 9 | ma. 27 | Iu. 15 | Oc. 10 | no, 28 | Ia, 24 | feb. 12 |
6 | 2 | apr. 14 | ma. 10 | ma. 28 | Iu. 16 | Oct, 9 | no, 29 | Ia, 23 | feb. 12 |
6 | 3 | apr. 15 | ma. 11 | ma. 29 | Iu 17 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia, 23 | feb, 12 |
6 | 4 | apr. 16 | ma. 12 | ma. 30 | Iu. 18 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia, 23 | feb. 12 |
6 | 5 | apr. 17 | ma. 13 | ma. 31 | Iu. 19 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia, 23 | feb. 12 |
6 | 6 | apr. 18 | na. 14 | Iune 1 | Iu. 20 | Oct, 9 | no. 28 | Ia, 23 | feb. 12 |
7 | 0 | apr. 19 | ma. 15 | Iun. 2 | Iu. 21 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia. 23 | feb. 13 |
7 | 1 | apr. 20 | ma. 16 | Iun. 3 | Iu, 22 | Oc, 10 | no. 28 | Ia, 24 | feb. 12 |
7 | 2 | apr. 21 | ma. 17 | Iun. 4 | Iu, 23 | Oct, 9 | no, 29 | Ia, 23 | feb. 12 |
7 | 3 | apr. 22 | ma. 18 | Iun. 5 | Iu, 24 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia. 23 | feb, 12 |
7 | 4 | apr. 23 | ma. 19 | Iun. 6 | Iu, 25 | Oct. 9 | no, 28 | Ia, 23 | feb. 12 |
7 | 5 | apr. 24 | ma. 20 | Iun. 7 | Iu, 26 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia, 23 | feb. 12 |
7 | 6 | apr. 25 | ma. 21 | Iun. 8 | Iu, 2 [...] | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia, 23 | feb. 1 [...] |
8 | 0 | apr. 26 | ma. 22 | Iun, 9 | Iu, 28 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia, 23 | feb. 13 |
8 | 1 | apr. 27 | ma. 23 | Iu. 10 | Iu, 29 | Oc 10 | no, 28 | Ia, 24 | feb. 12 |
8 | 2 | apr. 28 | ma. 24 | Iu. 11 | Iu. 30 | Oct. 9 | no, 29 | Ia, 23 | feb. 12 |
8 | 3 | apr. 29 | ma. 25 | Iu. 12 | Iuly 1 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia, 23 | feb. 12 |
8 | 4 | apr. 30 | ma. 26 | Iu. 13 | Iuly 2 | Oct. 9 | no, 28 | Ia, 23 | feb. 12 |
8 | 5 | May 1 | ma. 27 | Iu. 14 | Iuly 3 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia. 23 | feb. 12 |
8 | 6 | may 2 | ma. 28 | Iu. 15 | Iuly 4 | Oct, 9 | no. 28 | Ia. 23 | feb. 12 |
9 | 0 | may 3 | ma. 29 | Iu. 16 | Iuly 5 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia. 2 | feb. 13 |
9 | 1 | may 4 | ma. 30 | Iu. 17 | Iuly 6 | Oc. 10 | no, 28 | Ia. 24 | feb. 12 |
9 | 2 | may 5 | ma. 31 | Iu, 18 | Iuly 7 | Oct, 9 | no, 29 | Ia, 23 | feb. 12 |
9 | 3 | may 6 | Iune 1 | Iu. 19 | Iuly 8 | Oct, 9 | no. 28 | Ia, 23 | feb, 12 |
9 | 4 | may 7 | Iun. 2 | Iu. 20 | Iuly 9 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia, 23 | feb, 12 |
9 | 5 | may 8 | Iun. 3 | Iu. 21 | Iul. 10 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia. 23 | feb. 12 |
9 | 6 | may 9 | Iun. 4 | Iu. 22 | Iul, 11 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia. 23 | feb, 12 |
10 | 0 | may 10 | Iun, 5 | Iu. 23 | Iul, 12 | Oct, 9 | no, 28 | Ia. 23 | feb, 12 |
10 | 1 | may 11 | Iun, 6 | Iu 24 | Iul, 13 | Oc, 10 | no, 28 | Ia 24 | feb, 12 |
10 | 2 | may 12 | Iun. 7 | Iu. 25 | Iul, 14 | Oct, 9 | no, 29 | Ia. 23 | feb, 12 |
The which two numbers keepe, calling that you found in the body of the Table weekes, and that in the front of the Table, dayes: then to find how the Tearmes shall happe, enter the Table before, and in the two rowes vpon your left hand, vnder Interuallum minus, finde the numbers formerly found in the little Table, answering to which vpon your right hand, is the beginning and ending of euery Tearme, vnder their proper Titles.
Example. 1613. The Prime is 18. and the Dominicall letter C, as in the 32 Chapter: then I enter the former little Table, and finde 18 vpon the left side, and so proceeding vntill I come vnder C. I finde 7 in the body of the Table, and 2 ouer C: the which 7 and 2 I finde in the Table of Termes, in the rowes vnder inter, min. whereby proceeding rightwards, I may conclude that Easter Tearme shall begin Aprill 21, and end May 17.
Trinity Tearme begins Iune 4, and ends Iune 23, and so forth. The like for any other yeare. As for the Returnes of euery Tearme, they be these that follow.
- Easter Tearme hath 5 Returnes.
- Quindeno paschae, Tres paschae, Mense paschae, Quin (que) paschae, & Crastino Ascensionis.
- Trinity Tearme hath 4 Returnes.
- Crastino Trinitatis, Octabis Trinitatis, Quindeno Trinitatis, and Tres Trinitatis.
- [Page 245]Hillary Tearme hath 4 Returnes.
- Octabis Hilar. Quind. Hill. Crastino Purificationis, and Octab. Purificationis.
- Michaelmas Tearme hath 8 Returnes.
- Octa. Michael, Quind. Mich, Tres Mich. Mense Mich. Crastino Animarum, Crastino Martini, Octa. Marti. Quindeno Marti.
Now if you would know what day any of these Returnes happen vpon, remember what is faid before, and it is easie.
- Easter Tearme beginneth 17 daies affer Easter, and endeth 4 daies after Ascension day.
- Trinity Tearme beginneth the next day after Corpus Christi day, ending the wednesday fortnight.
- Michaelmas Tearme beginneth the 9. or 10 of October, ending the 28. or 29. of Nouember.
- Hillary Tearme beginneth the 23, or 24 of Ianuary, ending the 12. as 13. of February.
- The Exchequer alwaies openeth eight dayes before any Tearme; onely excepting Trinitie Tearme, and then it openeth but 4 daies before.
Anno Dom. | Easter Tearme. | Trinitie Tearme, | Michaelmas Tearme. | Hillary Tearme. | ||||
begins | ends, | begins | ends. | begins | ends. | begins | ends. | |
1612 | Ap. 29 | ma, 25 | Iū, 12 | July, 1 | Oct, 9 | N 1.28 | Ia, 23 | Fe. 12 |
1613 | apr. 21 | ma, 17 | Iun, 4 | Iun, 23 | Oct, 9 | 10. 29 | Ia. 23 | Fe. 12 |
1614 | may 11 | Iun. 7 | Iu, 24 | Iul, 13 | 10 | 28 | 23 | 12 |
1615 | apr, 26 | ma, 22 | Iun, 9 | Iun, 28 | 9 | 28 | 23 | 13 |
1616 | apr. 17 | [...] 13 | ma, 31 | Iun, 19 | 9 | 28 | 23 | 12 |
1617 | may 7 | Iun, 2 | Iu, 20 | July 9 | 9 | 28 | 23 | 13 |
1618 | apr. 22 | ma, 18 | Iun, 5 | Iu, 24 | 9 | 28 | 23 | 12 |
1619 | apr. 14 | ma, 10 | ma. 28 | Iu. 16 | 9 | 29 | 23 | 12 |
1620 | may 3 | ma. 29 | Iu, 16 | Iuly, 5 | 9 | 28 | 23 | 13 |
1621 | apr. 16 | ma, 12 | ma. 30 | Iun, 18 | 9 | 28 | 23 | 12 |
1622 | may 8 | Iun, 3 | Iu, 2. | Iul, 10 | Oct, 9 | 28 | 23 | 12 |
1623 | apr. 30 | ma, 26 | Iu, 13 | Iuly 2 | 9 | 28 | 23 | 12 |
1624 | apr. 14 | ma, 10 | ma, 28 | Iun, 16 | 9 | 29 | 23 | 12 |
1625 | may 4 | ma 30 | Iu, 17 | Iuly 6 | 10 | 28 | 23 | 12 |
1626 | apr. 26 | ma, 22 | Iun, 9 | Iu, 28 | 9 | 28 | 23 | 13 |
1627 | apr, 11 | ma, 7 | ma, 25 | Iu, 13 | 9 | 28 | 23 | 12 |
1628 | apr. 30 | ma. 26 | Iu, 13 | Iuly, 2 | 9 | 28 | 2 | 12 |
1629 | apr. 22 | ma, 18 | Jun, 5 | Ju, 24 | 9 | 28 | 23 | 12 |
1630 | apr. 14 | ma, 10 | ma, 28 | Iu, 16 | 9 | 29 | 23 | 12 |
1631 | apr, 27 | ma, 23 | Iu, 10 | Iu, 29 | 10 | 28 | 2 [...] | 12 |
Example.
As 1612, Easter Tearme beginneth Aprill 29, and endeth May 25. Trinity Tearme begins, Iune 12, and ends, Iuly the first, &c.
The old and vulgar Rule remembred in diuers Books, whereby to know the Law-dayes, in the Court of Arches, the Audience of Canterbury, the Spirituall and Ciuill lawes throughout the yeare, which I am bold to insert, since it is proper to no particular Author.
- S. Luke.
- S. Simon & Iude.
- S. Faith.
- S. Edward.
- All Saints.
- S. Martine.
- Edmond K.
- S. Katherin.
- S. Andrew.
- The Conception of our Lady.
Ye must well vnderstand, that the first day ensuing each of the Feastes set downe before euery Terme, the Court of ye Arches is kept in the forenoone at Bow Church: and in the afternoone the same first day, is kept in Southwarke the Admirall Court for ciuili causes.
The second day after each of these feasts, ye Audience Court of Canterbury is held in yt Consistory in Pauls in the fore-noone: and the Prerogatine Court of Canterbury is kept in the same place in the afternoone the same day.
The third day following any of those feasts, the Bishop of Londons Court of Consistory is holden in Pauls in the fore-noone: and in the same place is the Court of the Quéenes highnesse Comissioners vpon Appeales, and the court of Delegates holden in the after-noone the same third day.
- S. Hillary.
- S. Wolstane.
- Conuers. of Paul.
- S. Blase.
- S. Scolastice.
- S. Valentine.
- Ashwedensday
- S. Matthias.
- S. Chadde.
- Perpet. & Feli
- S. Gregory.
- An. of our L.
Vnderstand that the foure first Feasts of this Terme be neuer chāged, but are certaine; the other are sometime kept, and somtime omitted, after the course of the yeare altered. And if it so chaunce, ye one of those feasts be Ashwedensday, that are after S. Blase day, so that the same Law-day after Ashwedensday cannot be kept, because the Law-day of ye other feast doth light on the same day: the second Law-day after Ashwedensday shall be kept, and the other omitted.
And if the Law-day after Ashwedensday be the next day after S. Blase, then shall all and euery of those daies bee obserued in order, as they may be held conueniently.
And note, that although Ashwedensday be the 7 in order, yet it hath no certaine place, but is changed as the feast of Easter causeth it.
- The 15. day after Easter.
- Saint Alphage.
- Saint Marke Euangelift.
- Inuention of the Crosse.
- Gordian.
- Saint Dunstane,
- Ascension day.
In this Terme, the first sitting is alwaies kept [Page 249]the Munday being the 15 day after Easter, and so after the feasts here noted, which shall next follow by course after Easter, and ye like space being kept betwéene other feasts, the rest of the law-daies are kept the third day after the Ascension, which is the last of this Terme. And if it happen that ye Ascension day do come before any of those feasts aforesaid, then they are omitted for that yeare. And likewise, if any of those dayes come before the 15 day after Easter, those dayes are also omitted.
- Trinitie-sunday.
- Corpus Christi.
- Boniface bishop
- S. Barnabe.
- S. Botolph.
- S. Iohn.
- S. Paul.
- Tr. S. Tho.
- S. Swithin.
- S. Margaret.
- S. Anne.
Remember that the Law-daies of this Terme are changed by the meanes of Pentecost; and the first sitting is holden alwayes the first day after Trinitie Sunday, and the second Law-day is holden the first day after Corpus Christi day, except it fall on some day aboue named, which chaunceth somtime, and then the fitter day is kept. And after ye second session account foure daies or there about, and then looke which is the next feast, and the first law-day after the said feast shall be the third session: the other law-daies follow in order, but so many of them are kept, as for the time of the yeare is thought meet.
Note generally that euery day is called a Law-day, [Page 250]that is not Sunday or holiday, and that if the feast day being knowne of any Court day in any Terme, and the first or second day following bee Sunday, then the Court day is kept after the said holiday or feast day.
First of all, these dayes are not altered, except they light on Sunday, or some Holiday, and euery day is called a Law day, vnlesse it be Sunday or Holiday.
Note pag. 241. l. 10. Corpus day is omitted.
Wages for Boat-men, and for their Barges and Boats, confirmed by Act of Parliament, Ann. 6. H. 8. Cap. 7.
VVHeréas Watermen, or Maisters of Barges and Boats, did (as they doe) continually practise to raise the wages or hire of their Boats, breaking thereby ye ancient custome and reasonable wages, and so abused the great, and exacted on the poore, whereby many assaults and frayes wore (and sometime are) committed, which hath often caused manslaughter: and also by reason of that easte and vnconscionable gaine, the seruants of many House-holders and Husbandmen neare adioyning where such Boates or Ferries were, did daily runne from their maisters and become Watermen. For the auoyding of which, and many such other inconueniences, it was ordained by the former Statute of H. 8. that these laudable customes, and ancient orders of wages for Boat-men should bee obserued and [Page 251]kept, vpon pains that the offender should forfeit treble the fare: and that all Bailiffes, Constables, and other the Kings officers next adioyning vnto the Ferries, vpon complaint to them made, or to any of them by them that be grieued in that behalfe, to arrest them, and commit them to ward for their misdemeanour, and that they should make fine for the same. All which, to the end the poore and simple should not be deceiued, nor the better sort deluded: and to the end euery one might in that behalfe certainly know, what wages was due to euery Ferry, whereby both parties might know: the one when he giues, and the other when he receiueth abountifull reward. And that they should not murmure when a Gentleman giueth three pence, or foure pence for crossing the water, I haue taken paines to set downe the wages allowed to euery Ferry by the Statute, as followeth.
- First, for wages for Boat-men, and for their Barges or Boates, or for a Barge from London to Grauesend, foure shillings, or else euery person and his male two pence, so it passe not foure shillings.
- From London to Erith, Greenewich, Grastorrocke, or Purfleete twelue pence, or else for euery person and his fardell a peny, so it passe not 12 d.
- From London to Wolwich, thirtéene pence for a Boat or Wherry, that is, the Tyde-boat, or else euery person a halfe peny.
- From London to Greenewich foure pence, or else a halfe peny for euery person and his fardell.
- [Page 252]From London-bridge, Old Swan, the Crane in the Vintry, S. Mary Queries, or Pauls Wharfe, to Westminster, or Lambeth, or from Westminster or Lambeth to any of the foresaid places 3 pence, or else euery person a halfe-peny.
- From Blacke-Friers, Bride-well and the Temple to Westminster or Lambeth, two pence with their males, or a halfe-peny for euery person, so it amount not aboue two pence.
- From Westminster to Lambeth, or Strand-gate, or any way crossing the water, a halfe peny.
- For a boat from London to Mortlake 12 d. or else euery person 2 d. with his male. And from those places aboue named to London, for a Boat or Barge, the like summes of money.
- Watermen rowing in great Barges we Lords, or other persons, to haue 6 d. the day, and find thē selues, vnlesse they row to Mortlake, &c. then to haue 8 d. a péecs by day, and find themselues.